Quarterlytics / Industrials / Industrial - Machinery / Carrier Global

Carrier Global

carr · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker carr
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Industrial - Machinery
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Carrier Global
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
   FOCUSING ON
GROWTH  
MARKETS
   WORLDWIDE

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS
2016

STRATEGIC REPORT

THE GROUP

CARR’S GROUP PLC IS FOCUSSED ON THE 
PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES OF AGRICULTURE 
AND ENGINEERING.

Carr’s Group plc is an international 
business. During the year it 
operated across Agriculture, Food 
and Engineering, supplying over  
35 countries around the world. 

On 3 September 2016 the Food 
division was sold* and the Group 
continues with two divisions 
Agriculture and Engineering.

The Agriculture division comprises 
an international feed block 
supplement business with 
manufacturing locations in the 
USA, UK and Europe. In the UK 
the division also sells animal feed, 
fertiliser, animal health products,  
oil, farm machinery and rural 
supplies from its 40 locations.

The Engineering division designs, 
manufactures and supplies 

specialist precision parts, 
equipment, robotics and remote 
handling products from three 
sites in the UK and one site in 
Germany. These highly specialised 
products and services are supplied 
predominately into the nuclear  
and oil and gas markets.  

The Group is listed on the London 
Stock Exchange.

CONTENTS

STRATEGIC REPORT
01  Highlights
02  Group at a Glance
04  Chairman’s Statement
06  Group Strategy
07  Business Strategies
08  Chief Executive’s Review
14  Risk Management
17  Viability Statement
18  Financial Review
20  Key Performance Indicators
21  The Board
22  Corporate Responsibility

*For further details of the disposal see page 4.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
25  Corporate Governance Report
28  Audit Committee Report
30  Remuneration Committee Report
36  Nominations Committee Report
37  Directors’ Report

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
40  Independent Auditors’ Report to the Members  

of Carr’s Group plc

45  Consolidated Income Statement
46  Consolidated and Company Statements 

of Comprehensive Income 

47  Consolidated and Company Balance Sheets
48  Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
49  Company Statement of Changes in Equity
50  Consolidated and Company Statements of Cash Flows
51  Principal Accounting Policies
56  Notes to the Financial Statements
94  Five Year Statement
96  Directory of Operations
IBC  Registered Office and Advisers

 
 
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Continuing operations only

m
9
.
3
7
3
£

m
6
.
3
2
3
£

m
8
.
1
4
3
£

m
3
.
1
3
3
£

m
9
.
4
1
3
£

m
5
.
3
1
£

m
2
.
3
1
£

m
1
.
4
1
£

m
7
.
3
1
£

m
3
.
2
1
£

p
7
.
0
1

p
7
.
9

p
9
.
9

p
0
.
0
1

p
0
.
9

p
8
.
3

p
7
.
3

p
4
.
3

p
2
.
3

p
9
.
2

2
1
0
2

3
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

2
1
0
2

*
3
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

2
1
0
2

*
3
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

2
1
0
2

3
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

REVENUE

PROFIT BEFORE TAX

EARNINGS PER SHARE**

DIVIDEND PER SHARE**

£314.9m

£14.1m

10.7p

3.8p

4.9% DOWN FROM 2015 

2.8% UP FROM 2015

7.0% UP FROM 2015

2.7% UP FROM 2015 

*  restated for IAS 19 Revised
** restated for the effect of the 10:1 share split in January 2015

2016 HIGHLIGHTS

View this report online
www.carrsgroup.com

ENGINEERING  
SIGNIFICANT CONTRACT WINS

FOOD  
DISPOSAL OF FOOD DIVISION

FURTHER INVESTMENT IN OUR RETAIL NETWORK

01

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORTGROUP AT A GLANCE:
STRENGTH THROUGH DIVERSITY

Carr’s is an international group focussed on developing innovative solutions for our global customers. The Group’s 
distribution network spans over 35 countries worldwide, and the geographic and divisional diversity lies at the 
centre of our strategy. During the year the Group consisted of three divisions, however, on 3 September 2016 the 
Food division was sold leaving the Agriculture and Engineering divisions, which operate in markets that offer growth 
prospects. Our diverse geographic and divisional exposure provides strength in an increasingly volatile global 
economic environment.

AGRICULTURE
OVERVIEW AND MARKETS

EMPLOYEES TOTAL: 594

427

167

ENGINEERING
OVERVIEW AND MARKETS

EMPLOYEES TOTAL: 296

247

49

The Agriculture division develops and supplies 
a range of branded innovative animal nutrition 
products into the livestock industries as well  
as servicing the UK farming and rural 
communities through a network of retail  
stores and fuel businesses.

Carr’s develops and manufactures branded 
molasses-based feed supplements, in the  
form of high and low moisture feed blocks, 
which enrich the diet of all types of  
farm animals. 

Operational Locations
The division’s products are manufactured in  
the USA, Germany and the UK, which are  
sold through a vast distributor network across  
the UK, Europe, New Zealand and North America. 

Customer Base
Leading livestock farmers across the globe  
in the dairy, beef, sheep, pig and equine sectors.

The Engineering division designs and 
manufactures bespoke equipment for use in the 
nuclear, oil and gas, and petrochemical industries. 
Products include manipulators, robotics, 
specialist fabrication and precision machining.

Operational Locations
The division is based in a number of key 
locations across the UK and in Germany, 
distributing to clients around the world 
including Europe, North and South America, 
Russia, Australia, Japan and South Africa.

Carr’s is focussed on the design and manufacture 
of pressure vessels and steel fabrications together 
with specialist remote handling technology, 
robotics and radiation protection equipment for 
use in environments inaccessible to humans.

Customer Base
Key players across the worldwide nuclear, 
research, oil and gas, and petrochemical 
industries.

FOOD
OVERVIEW AND MARKETS

EMPLOYEES TOTAL: 218

181

37

The Food division supplied bakeries, food 
manufacturers and multiples across the  
UK, using the latest milling technologies  
and sourcing the best wheat either from  
the UK or overseas.

Operational Locations
The division operated from two strategically 
located dockside sites in the UK, on the coast 

at Silloth in Cumbria and at the state-of-the-art  
site at Kirkcaldy in Fife, as well as a third mill  
at Maldon in Essex.

Disposal
On 3 September 2016 the division was sold to 
Whitworths Holdings Ltd, for more information 
see page 4. 

02

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTINTERNATIONAL 
DISTRIBUTION

CANADA

RUSSIA

ICELAND

UK

USA

KAZAKHSTAN

GERMANY

CYPRUS

TURKEY
JORDAN

IRAN

KUWAIT

PAKISTAN

EGYPT

QATAR

UNITED ARAB
EMIRATES

CHINA

SOUTH KOREA

JAPAN

TAIWAN

Our Engineering and Agriculture  
divisions distribute to customers  
all over the world.

ARGENTINA

MAURITIUS

SOUTH AFRICA

INDONESIA

AUSTRALIA

NEW ZEALAND

UK
LOCATIONS

AGRICULTURE
EUROPEAN DISTRIBUTION

NORWAY

SWEDEN

UK

DENMARK 

NETHERLANDS

BELGIUM

GERMANY

FRANCE

SWITZERLAND

POLAND

CZECH 
REPUBLIC
AUSTRIA

CROATIA

FINLAND 

ESTONIA

LATVIA
LITHUANIA

BELARUS

SLOVAKIA

UKRAINE

ROMANIA

HUNGARY
SERBIA

ITALY

GREECE

BULGARIA

IRELAND 

PORTUGAL

SPAIN

ENGINEERING
EUROPEAN DISTRIBUTION

NORWAY

SWEDEN

NETHERLANDS

UK

BELGIUM

GERMANY

CZECH 
REPUBLIC
AUSTRIA

FRANCE

SWITZERLAND

ITALY

03

 HEAD OFFICE

 FOOD

 AGRICULTURE

 ENGINEERING

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

“

I am pleased to report that the Group 
has delivered a solid set of results in the 
context of a challenging market.

”

STRATEGIC REFOCUSING
Following an approach by Whitworths Holdings 
Ltd for the acquisition of Carr’s Flour Mills 
Ltd (the Food division), the Board undertook a 
strategic review of the Group’s three divisions.  
It concluded that the nature of the offer presented 
an excellent opportunity to realise the value  
of the Food division, whilst allowing the Group 
to further strengthen its focus on growing both 
the Agriculture and Engineering divisions in  
a way that could enhance shareholder value. 

A decision was therefore taken by the Board 
to dispose of the Food division for a gross 
consideration of £36.0m on a cash and debt 
free basis (the Disposal). The purchase price 
was subject to an adjustment based on actual 
working capital at the date of sale compared 
to the agreed average working capital. After 
adjustment for the carrying value of net debt 
amounting to £7.9m and the allowance for an 
estimated working capital adjustment of £3.2m, 
the Group received £24.9m in cash.

Given the significant amount of cash realised 
from the Disposal, the Board decided to return 
£16.0m of the net proceeds of the Disposal to 
shareholders in the form of a special dividend, 
which took place on 7 October 2016. The 
Group’s modest debt position after the special 
dividend enables it to pursue acquisition 
opportunities as and when appropriate. The 
Board believes that taking into account the 
£16.0m returned to shareholders and the 
potential investment in growth opportunities 
utilising the £8.9m cash retained from the net 
proceeds of the Disposal, the transaction should 
contribute to an increase in shareholder value.

Consistent with the above, on 24 October 2016, 
the Group has recently acquired a German 
engineering company, STABER GmbH (formerly 
called Städele GmbH), a long term supplier to 
our German remote handling business, for a 
gross consideration of €7.85m. This acquisition 
will enhance the intellectual property and 
growth potential of the existing German remote 
handling business.

On behalf of the Board I would like to thank  
the employees of Carr’s Flour Mills Ltd for all  
of their support and dedication over the years.  
I am pleased that in joining Whitworths 
Holdings Ltd, they have joined a company that 
is fully committed to continuing to build on 
the strong foundations laid out by Jonathan 
Dodgson Carr when he started the business  
back in 1831. I would also like to welcome  
the employees of STABER to the Group.

BUSINESS REVIEW
In Agriculture, our international feedblock 
business has delivered another excellent 
performance, driven by a strong performance 
in the USA where we have seen a significant 
increase in demand. Sales volumes have 
increased as a result of the strength of our 
branded product offering and the rebuilding  
of beef herds. In accordance with our strategy, 
we continue to invest in our production facilities 
and R&D programme, both in the UK and 
internationally, to drive future growth in existing 
markets and expansion into new geographies. 
Our UK retail business continued to build on 
the momentum established in previous years, 
with the expansion of the Country Store network 
into new territories both organically and through 
acquisitions. I am pleased that by the end of 
this calendar year we will be operating from 
41 locations across the UK. In the financial 

CHRIS HOLMES
CHAIRMAN

STRATEGIC DELIVERY
It has been a significant year in the strategic 
development of the Group with the disposal 
of the Food division at the end of the year. As 
discussed below, we believe this action by the 
Group enhances shareholder value as a result  
of having a much stronger focus on growing  
both the Agriculture and Engineering divisions.

In trading terms, the year has seen depressed 
farmgate milk prices, which for most of the 
year adversely impacted our farming customers. 
The Engineering division also continues to 
be negatively impacted by the current low oil 
price. In addition, the North of England was 
affected by severe floods during December 
2015. Despite these challenges, the Group 
has delivered a robust performance ahead of 
last year. The Board recognises this strong 
performance and thanks every one of our 
employees and our management team for  
their expertise, dedication and support.

Revenue for the year from continuing operations 
fell by 4.9% to £314.9m (2015: £331.3m). 
Profit before tax from continuing operations, 
excluding a profit from discontinued operations 
of £2.8m, was up 2.8% to £14.1m (2015: 
£13.7m). This comprised an 8.6% increase in 
Agriculture operating profit to £10.3m (2015: 
£9.4m), and a 4.9% reduction in Engineering 
operating profit to £2.5m (2015: £2.6m). 
Basic earnings per share from continuing 
operations were up by 7.0% to 10.7 pence per 
share (2015: 10.0 pence), with fully diluted 
earnings per share of 10.5 pence (2015: 
9.7 pence) and adjusted earnings per share, 
excluding non-recurring items and amortisation 
of intangibles, of 10.9 pence (2015: 10.2 
pence). Net cash at the year end was £8.1m 
(2015: net debt of £24.4m).

04

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTyear we acquired Green (Agriculture) Co in 
Northumberland and Phoenix Feeds Ltd  
in Lancashire, expanding our customer base in 
both regions. We welcome our new colleagues. 

We are grateful to our customers who have 
continued to support our business during 
this challenging year. We believe our strong 
geographic presence, the relevance of our 
product offering, and continued excellent 
customer service will be key requirements in 
supporting them over the forthcoming year.

Our Engineering division has had another tough 
year, impacted by the continuing downturn  
in the oil and gas market and several contract 
delays. The division is beginning to see the 
benefit of the resurgence in the UK nuclear 
market with several new contract wins, in 
particular the largest ever contract secured  
by the division awarded by Sellafield with a 
value of approximately £48m over the next  
ten years. We remain confident in the medium 
term prospects of the division as we continue  
to focus on nuclear and adjacent markets. 

GOVERNANCE
The Board is mindful of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code and takes its responsibilities 
very seriously. It continues to strive to comply 
with all areas of the Code and a full report on 
Corporate Governance can be found on pages  
25 to 27. All Directors will be standing for 
election at the Annual General Meeting (AGM)  
on 10 January 2017.

DIVIDEND
The Board is proposing a 2.7% increase in the 
final dividend to 1.9 pence per ordinary share, 
which together with the two interim dividends  
of 0.95 pence per ordinary share paid on  
13 May and 7 October 2016, make a total of  
3.8 pence per share for the year (2015: 3.7 
pence), representing an increase of 2.7%. The 
final dividend, if approved by the Shareholders, 
will be paid on 13 January 2017 to Shareholders 
on the register on close of business 16 December 
2016, and the shares will go ex-dividend on  
15 December 2016. 

This final dividend and the two interim 
dividends are in addition to the special dividend 
of 17.54 pence per ordinary share paid on  
7 October 2016 following the disposal of  
Carr’s Flour Mills Ltd. 

THE BOARD 
Last year, John Worby was appointed as a 
Non-Executive Director of the Board, taking 
over as Senior Independent Director and Audit 
Committee Chairman from Alistair Wannop 
and Robert Heygate respectively. The Board 
has been further strengthened this year with 
the appointment of Non-Executive Director 
Ian Wood, who has extensive experience in 
the engineering and energy sectors, previously 
working for Centrica plc. 

In addition, on 10 September 2015 it was 
announced that Robert Heygate had decided 
to stand down from the Board after 25 years’ 
service, with effect from 30 April 2016. I would 
like to take this opportunity to thank Bob for 
his contribution, dedication, enthusiasm, and 
support during his time with Carr’s.

OUTLOOK
The disposal of the Food division will support the 
Group’s ambition to achieve further growth and 
development in line with its strategic objectives 
across its remaining two divisions, Agriculture 
and Engineering. The Board sees opportunities 
for international growth of our feedblock business 
and to further build on our nuclear business 
capability in the short and medium term, as well 
as continuing to strengthen our UK Agricultural 
business. We will continue to identify acquisition 
opportunities while investing in our existing 
business for the future.

The Board’s expectations for the current 
financial year remain unchanged. Trading in 
the first quarter has started positively with a 
continued stabilising of farmgate milk prices. 
The climate of uncertainty relating to the UK’s 
exit from the European Union will continue 
in the short term, and there is medium term 
risk associated with UK Agriculture which is 
dependent on future Government policy and 
the terms of exit from the EU. In overall terms, 
some of the difficulties experienced in the UK 
as a result of Brexit have been offset as a result 
of the exchange rate benefit from overseas 
operations. The Board will continue to monitor 
the position and believe that the Group is 
well placed to respond to any challenges and 
opportunities that may arise.

CHRIS HOLMES DL
Chairman
16 November 2016

05

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORTGROUP STRATEGY

VISION
To be recognised as a truly international business at the 
forefront of technology and innovation

Investment in assets to 
ensure long term competitive 
advantage 

Seen and recognised as  
leaders in innovation 

T

N

E

VEST M
   IN

P

E

O

P

L

E

AGRICULTURE

ENGINEERING

T

E

C

H

N

O

L

O

G

Y

E
U
L
A

 A D DED V

Q

C

A

U I SITIONS

Investing in people that  
will shape the business in 
ten years’ time 

Delivering growth through 
acquisition aligned  
to strategy

STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES

Build business value by focussing on markets with growth potential
Grow and diversify our international footprint
Differentiate ourselves through innovation and technology
Lead in our chosen markets

• 
• 
• 
• 

06

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                           
 
 
 
 
 
                                 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BUSINESS STRATEGIES

FOCUSED ON GROWTH MARKETS
We aim to succeed by being selective in what we do. We constantly strive  
to build deep and long lasting relationships with customers across a range  
of carefully chosen markets.

OUR KEY STRENGTHS

Global Markets
Wide range of export markets across the globe 
supplied from key manufacturing plants in UK, 
mainland Europe and across the United States.

Market Leading Products
Leading branded products such as Crystalyx®  
and SmartLic® in Agriculture and Telbot®  
and A1000 robots in Engineering.

Core Competencies
Deep industry knowhow delivering market 
leading solutions backed up with world leading 
engineering capability.

Doing the Right Thing
Management style that encourages 
entrepreneurial drive and innovation backed  
up by key values – respect, trust and integrity.

AGRICULTURE

ENGINEERING

The last two years have been tough across the global 
agricultural market as the farming commodity cycle moves 
towards a cyclical low. However, the medium to long term 
outlook remains bright. The world’s population is expected  
to reach over nine billion people by 2050, an increase of over 
two billion on the current level. This growth combined with 
continued urbanisation particularly in emerging economies 
will drive demand for both food and agricultural products  
and the need for technologies to drive productivity.

A resurgent UK nuclear industry offers a range of exciting 
opportunities both in new build and decommissioning. 
In oil and gas, global markets have been challenging and  
this is set to continue through the next year. Opportunities  
are emerging in other related markets such as defence  
and aerospace.

•  Increased UK feed volumes against a national average 

•  New products such as the Demo 2000 Telbot®

decline and growth of 10.2% in USA block sales

•  Closer integration and marketing of combined offerings 

•  Retail development and growth

across the Engineering division

•  New block plant in Silver Springs, USA®
•  New products – Megastart® and Piglyx®
•  New markets – New Zealand and South America

•  Development of design department that is driving new 

contract wins

•  New markets – USA

07

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORTCHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW

OPERATING PROFIT BY SECTOR

AGRICULTURE 
£10.3m

8.6% UP
FROM 2015

ENGINEERING 
£2.5m

4.9% DOWN
FROM 2015

Our investment in the business has continued 
to be a priority. Major projects commenced and 
completed in the year include:
•   £0.9m reconfiguration of feedblock site at Ayr;
•   £0.5m new silos at feedblock site in Silloth;
•   £1.7m acquisition of Phoenix Feeds Ltd  

OUTLOOK
The disposal of the Food division leaves 
the Group well placed to capitalise on the 
opportunity it presents by pursuing further 
organic and acquisitive growth in its two 
remaining higher margin divisions. 

in June 2016;

•   €1.0m high moisture feedblock plant in 

Oldenburg commissioned;

•   £0.3m acquisition of Green (Agriculture)  

Co September 2015;

•   £0.2m on new and redeveloped country  

stores at:-
  – Wigton
  – Leek
  – Penicuik
•    $0.5m office expansion at AFS;
•   €0.9m commencement of Wälischmiller 

showroom; and

•    £0.5m additional fuel tankers across the 

existing fuel depots.

After the year end the Group acquired  
STABER GmbH, formerly called Städele GmbH, 
a family owned engineering business located 
near the Group’s existing German operations in 
Markdorf. STABER has designed and developed 
specialised intellectual property, which will be 
strategically beneficial to the Group’s German 
operations in both the near and long term. This 
purchase is fully aligned with the Engineering 
division’s growth strategy of capitalising on the 
global resurgence of nuclear decommissioning 
as well as the use of robotic technologies in 
highly explosive environments.

The Board is keen to pursue opportunities on 
the international expansion of the feedblock 
division into new territories and pursue further 
opportunities in animal supplementation. In 
Engineering, there will be a focus on expanding 
the markets, territories and capabilities of the 
highly specialised remote handling engineering 
business, both organically and acquisitively,  
as well as pursuing complementary acquisitions 
that are strategically aligned to that division. 

The Group is operating in challenging global 
markets and as a result of the decision to leave  
the EU, the UK faces a period of uncertainty 
in the short-term. The Group is well placed to 
capitalise on any opportunities this presents,  
and with its inherent operational and geographical 
diversity is in a strong position to deal with 
this uncertainty. The current financial year has 
started positively and trading is in line with the 
Boards’ expectations.

“

We have once again  
delivered another  
record year of profit  
for the Group.

”

TIM DAVIES
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

INTRODUCTION
2016 was the beginning of a transformational 
period for the Group culminating at the end 
of the financial year with the disposal of the 
Food division. The Group sold Carr’s Flour 
Mills Ltd (the Food division) to Whitworths 
Holdings Ltd, representing an exciting stage 
in the Group’s strategic development. The 
disposal enables the Group to focus on the 
Agriculture and Engineering divisions to drive 
future growth and improve the financial returns 
for our shareholders. Both of these divisions are 
internationally recognised for manufacturing 
value added and technologically advanced 
products with market leading brands.

Our strategy remains centred around four  
key pillars:
•   investing in our people, who are vital to  
the long term success of the business;
•   investing in our asset base, to ensure we 

retain our competitive advantage;

•   driving product innovation across each  

of our divisions; and

•   delivering growth through acquisitions  

and organic expansion.

These strategic pillars are at the heart of each 
division, and their continued implementation 
has ensured we have once again delivered 
another record year of profit for the Group.

08

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORT 
AGRICULTURE

Operating profit for the year increased by 8.6%  
to £10.3m (2015: £9.4m) on revenue down  
by 4.4% to £284.8m (2015: £297.7m). 

This will extend our ability to supply low 
moisture blocks to the significant market of 
the eastern states of the USA, which cannot 
be reached by our existing operations. 

The exportation of Horslyx®, a product for 
the equine leisure market, into the USA has 
continued, with the business now working 
with several new distributors down the East 
Coast. We have continued with our UK 
research into the benefits of Megastart® 
and, following the successful conclusion of 
University trials, it has been demonstrated 
that Megastart® significantly increases 
production of colostrum, which will improve 
the profitability of our UK dairy farm  
and suckler herd customers.

The Agriculture division has reported another 
record year, driven by its operational and 
geographic diversity. 

FEEDBLOCKS
Overall our global feedblock sales volumes  
were up 6.0% on last year.

Sales of feedblocks in the USA were at 
unprecedented levels with sales volumes, 
excluding joint ventures, up 5.1% on last year. 
Record production levels have been driven by 
an increase in market size with the continued 
rebuilding of the beef herds across our key 
territories, in addition to market share gains. 
The new SmartLic® feedblock plant at Silver 
Springs, Nevada, was commissioned in the 
year with the first product being produced in 
January 2016. This plant will significantly 
extend the market reach and penetration in the 
western states of the USA, and alleviate the 
capacity pressure currently experienced by the 
Belle Fourche plant, South Dakota, which has 
been operating at capacity throughout the year. 
The Silver Springs plant is expected to make  
a full contribution in the current financial year, 
with the primary feedblock season in the  
region being August to February. 

Sales of feedblocks in the USA through 
our joint venture operations at Shelbyville, 
Tennessee and Sioux City, Iowa were up 
34.2% on last year. As a result of the success 
of the joint venture at Shelbyville, the Board 
has decided to expand our operations with the 
construction of a $4.6m new low moisture 
feedblock plant alongside the existing high 
moisture feedblock facility. It is anticipated 
that this will be completed within the current 
financial year ahead of the main feedblock 
season at the start of the 2018 financial year. 

m
3
.
0
1
£

m
4
.
9
£

OPERATING PROFIT

£10.3m
8.6% UP FROM 2015 

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

We continue to develop opportunities to 
expand geographically. The first shipment of 
Crystalyx® into South America occurred in the 
year to facilitate the commencement of trials 
at FAI Farms (a commercial research institute 
in Brazil) and the Instituto de Zootecnia near 
Ribeirao Preto, Sao Paulo State.

The opportunities for expansion in New 
Zealand continue to be assessed, although 
progress was delayed during the year as a 
result of the adverse impact of the depressed 
global milk market on dairy farming in New 
Zealand. However, the New Zealand market 
continues to be a promising expansion 
opportunity for the feedblock business, and 
our medium term objective of building a low 
moisture block plant remains unchanged.

09

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORTCHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW CONTINUED

UK AGRICULTURE 
The retail business has delivered a record 
performance, with the Country Store network 
across Northern England and Southern 
Scotland delivering a 5.0% increase in  
like for like sales and a 16.0% increase in 
total sales following the integration of the 
acquisitions of Green (Agriculture) Co and 
Reid and Robertson Ltd in September 2015 
and June 2015 respectively.

The strategy for the retail business has been 
to expand the geographic reach into adjacent 
territories, redevelop existing facilities and 
expand the product offering for the benefit 
of rural communities. During the year the 
product offer at the Balloch, Oban and Ayr 
stores has been extended, the Leek store has 
been refurbished and a new store at Wigton, 
Cumbria, has been opened. A new Country 
Store at Penicuik, Midlothian, is due to 
open on 1 December 2016 and will have a 
significant focus on the local equine market 
in addition to supplying our normal range 
of products and services. The opening of 
Penicuik will bring our total retail footprint  
to 41 locations.

In September 2015, Green (Agriculture) Co, 
an agricultural merchant business based at 
Morpeth, Northumberland was acquired. This 
retail business is situated near the existing 

machinery only Country Store and enhances 
the offering to the local community. It has 
been successfully integrated into the network 
of Country Stores and has made a positive 
contribution during the year.

In June 2016, Phoenix Feeds Ltd, an 
agricultural merchant business specifically 
retailing animal feed and based in  
Lancashire, was acquired and has been 
successfully integrated. 

During the year, compound feed volumes 
increased by 2.1% as a result of market 
share gains. This is a particularly robust 
performance against a market backdrop  
that declined by 4% nationally. However,  
due to the pressure on dairy farm incomes 
and the competitive nature of the feed 
market, margins were significantly reduced 
year on year.

Total machinery sales have been severely 
impacted by the downturn in farm incomes  
with sales declining 8.1% year on year.  
National tractor sales have declined 14.8%.

The oil distribution business has performed 
well with sales volumes increasing 7.1%  
year on year. This is a result of market share 
gains and the corresponding increase in  
the truck fleet. 

The flooding in December 2015 in the North 
of England had a significant impact on the 
Lancaster feed mill and the AminoMax® 
manufacturing facility. Global sales volumes 
of AminoMax®, the patented animal bypass 
protein product for dairy cows, are down 
3.9% as a result of the pressure on dairy 
farm incomes and the downtime at the  
UK manufacturing facility resulting from  
the floods. 

MARKET CONDITIONS
Farmer confidence remained low during 
the year with the farmgate milk price only 
stabilising towards the end of the financial 
year, causing significant pressure on farm 
incomes which is set to continue through 
the current financial year. The uncertainty 
following the outcome from the EU 
referendum, particularly relating to the future 
of the single farm payment and support for UK 
farmers in general, is likely to result in volatile 
market conditions for the foreseeable future. 
However, in the short-term UK livestock and 
dairy prices have responded positively due  
to the devaluation of Sterling.

The division is well placed both operationally 
and geographically to adapt to future variable 
market conditions whilst continuing to 
support our farming customers.

10

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORT 
ENGINEERING

Operating profit for the year decreased by  
4.9% to £2.5m (2015: £2.6m) on revenue  
down by 10.2% to £30.1m (2015: £33.5m).

m
6
.
2
£

m
5
.
2
£

 OPERATING PROFIT

£2.5m
4.9% DOWN FROM 2015 

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

This year the Engineering division has 
made significant progress in its objective to 
reposition its focus on nuclear and adjacent 
markets, such as defence. This is evidenced 
by a number of significant contract wins and 
strengthening of the management teams in 
the UK, along with increased coordination 
and integration of activities within the 
division. Unfortunately, the benefits from 
these actions have been offset in the short 
term by customer delays in the awarding of 
some nuclear contracts and the continued 
depressed oil and gas market. Nevertheless, 
the division’s performance for the full year 
was satisfactory in the context of challenging 
market conditions. The overall split of nuclear 
and non-nuclear work of the division in 2016 
was 69% nuclear (2015: 62% nuclear).

UK MANUFACTURING BUSINESS
Revenues have declined in the year following 
the completion of the large BP contract in 
2015 and as a result of contract delays, 
however, the outlook looks more promising  
in the nuclear market following a number  
of sizeable contact wins.

The UK manufacturing business was 
awarded The Sellafield Vessels and Tanks 
Category Management Framework contract. 
This contract, with a value of £48m at the 
time of the tender, was won through an open 
European Tendering process. The Framework 
contract secures a position of exclusivity to 
design and manufacture Sellafield’s highest 
complexity vessels for the next 10 years. This 
is a significant milestone for the Engineering 
division, being the largest ever contract 
secured by the business, and underpins the 
growth and development of our Engineering 
division over the medium term. 

retrieval and removal of radioactive waste from 
one of the storage ponds in Sellafield. 

Despite the partial recovery of the oil price 
towards the end of the 2016 financial year, 
the oil and gas market remains depressed, 
particularly in the exploration and production 
sector, which has consequently had an adverse 
impact on the business during the year. The 
focus on the nuclear industry has continued 
although, as previously reported, the transition 
by part of the manufacturing business away 
from oil and gas to nuclear has been slower  
than initially anticipated due to contract delays. 

During 2015 the business created a new 
design department, to further enhance services 
available to customers for the design of a wide 
range of mission critical equipment, including 
steel fabrications and pressure vessels. The 
design business is integrated with the business’ 
production capability to maximise innovation 
and improve efficiency. During the year it 
concluded an important design and build 
project for a skip conveyor system for the First 
Generation Magnox Storage Pond (FGMSP) 
project in Sellafield. This system is the first of 
its kind, and is fundamental to assisting in the 

The UK nuclear industry has benefited 
from the Government’s commitment to both 
the on-going decommissioning process 
and nuclear new build, and as a result the 
division is seeing an increase in the number 
of tenders and subsequent contract wins. 
The Government and international investor 
commitment to the Hinkley C power station 
is a significant vote of confidence in new 
nuclear in the UK and will have boosted the 
potential for the other developments, not 
least with the Horizon project in North Wales 
and the NuGEN project in Cumbria.

11

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORTCHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW CONTINUED

REMOTE HANDLING BUSINESS
During the year the remote handling 
business performed in line with the Board’s 
expectations with several major projects 
completed. The Demo 2000 Telbot® project, 
for the inspection of oil and gas tanks in 
Norway, completed successfully in December 
2015. This project developed a robotic system 
for vessel inspection and cleaning, the first in 
the world to be certified for use in the most 
highly explosive of environments. Statoil, 
a partner in the project, has subsequently 
invested further in the business to develop 
a lighter weight version of the Demo 2000 
Telbot® for use on off-shore platforms, where 
there are strict machinery weight restrictions. 

The business has completed two major 
contracts for Sellafield, one for the Silo 
Direct Encapsulation (SDP) project and the 
other for the Box Encapsulation Plant (BEP) 
project. In early 2015, Sellafield awarded 
a contract for the design and production of 
a robot to assist in the removal of high-
level toxic nuclear waste on the site in the 
SDP project. This robot, Sally Telbot®, was 
successfully tested in Germany for 1200hrs 
without failure and proved to perform the 
tasks 40% faster than the previously tested 
hydraulic arms. Following its success, an 
order was placed for a second Sally Telbot®, 
which has been manufactured during 
the year with successful factory testing 
completed before the year-end and delivery 
to Sellafield in November 2016.

Completion of the contract for two A1000 
power manipulators for the nuclear facility  
at Dounreay in Scotland was completed in  
the year. An A1000 has also been delivered 

to Mitsui in Japan for trial work in a future 
decommissioning project to be undertaken 
at the Fukushima nuclear facility, and the 
business was also awarded a contract for 
the design and manufacture of the highly 
specialised A1000 power manipulator to 
Sellafield for the BEP project. Production  
has almost completed and factory acceptance 
tests will commence in January 2017.

Following on from the development and 
extensive trials in Japan and Germany of 
Robbie, the V1000 robot, a remote controlled 
handling vehicle, the business has received 
its first order for delivery in 2017. Robbie 
will be used in the vitrification plant on the 
WAK GmbH Karlsruhe site in Germany. The 
plant contains high level toxic waste and dust 
particles making it too hazardous for human 
presence. Robbie will assist the A1000 
power manipulators already in the plant  
to continue with their decommissioning. 

A major contract, of c£1.8m in value, with 
Cavendish Nuclear for the supply of Master 
Slave Manipulators into Sellafield was 
completed successfully during the year. 
Further progress was made in the USA nuclear 
market, with two small orders for Master 
Slave Manipulators received in the year, one 
for the USA National Laboratory at Idaho and 
the other for the USA National Laboratory 
at Oakridge, both due in November 2016. 
Although small, these orders demonstrate 
further progress being made by the business 
in the penetration of the US market. 

The business continues to face the ongoing 
macroeconomic pressures resulting from the 
political issues in Russia and the delay in 

funding in Japan in the short term. This  
is offset by the on-going resurgence in the 
UK nuclear market. 

On 24 October 2016, the German remote 
handling business acquired one of its 
primary suppliers, STABER GmbH, formerly 
called Städele GmbH, including all of its 
associated intellectual property for a total 
cash consideration of @7.85m. STABER 
and Wälischmiller, a subsidiary of Carr’s 
Engineering Ltd, have been working together 
closely for over 50 years and most recently 
STABER has been a key supplier of parts for 
the remote handling business. During 2014 
and 2015 STABER was intrinsic in assisting 
Wälischmiller in the development of the 
Demo 2000 Telbot®, a robotic system for 
vessel inspection and cleaning in the oil and 
gas market, and the first in the world to be 
certified for use in the most highly explosive 
of environments. STABER has designed and 
developed specialised intellectual property 
(“IP”) which will be strategically beneficial to 
Wälischmiller in both the near and long term. 
This IP will accelerate the ongoing strategic 
development work on the Telbot® and the 
Demo 2000 Telbot® by Wälischmiller.

The Engineering division is a well-established 
supplier of high integrity equipment to the 
nuclear industry. With agreements in place  
with leading UK and Global nuclear 
companies, it is well positioned to secure 
high value, long term contracts to build on 
its existing decommissioning portfolio and 
potential defence opportunities through the  
UK Successor and Defence programmes.

12

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTFOOD

Profit for the year from discontinued  
operations was £2.8m (2015: £3.0m).

The floods in December 2015 in Cumbria 
directly affected one of the Food division’s 
major customers, which had a consequential 
impact on sales volumes in the year. Due to 
appropriate and comprehensive insurance 
cover, the floods had no financial impact  
on the business.

Underlying sales volumes grew 3.54%, in 
spite of the changes in the consumer market, 
notably the decline in consumption of the 
traditional sliced loaf and the concurrent 
increase in the consumption of bake-off 
products. The division’s performance has 
also been supported by the investment made 
by the Group in the mill at Kirkcaldy and 
excellent long term relationships  
with customers. 

The 2015 UK wheat harvest was in excess 
of 16 million tonnes, although the quality 
was variable. The wheat price volatility in 
the market has continued, with significant 
price falls experienced in early 2016. Carr’s 
approach to risk management, which seeks 
to match sales contracts with raw materials 
commitments, served to minimise the impact 
of that volatility. 

The flour market continues to decline, is over 
supplied and is operating in a challenging 
consumer environment with limited growth 
opportunities for the Group. This, coupled 
with the need for significant future capital 
investment, resulted in the Group being 
exposed to an increased risk profile. 

m
0
.
3
£

m
8
.
2
£

PROFIT FROM  
DISCONTINUED  
OPERATIONS

£2.8m
6.5% DOWN FROM 2015 

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

At the year-end we announced the disposal of 
the Food division to Whitworths Holdings Ltd. 

TIM DAVIES
Chief Executive Officer
16 November 2016

13

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORTRISK MANAGEMENT

OUR RISK APPETITE AND APPROACH TO RISK MANAGEMENT

Our success as a Group depends on the ability to identify and maximise the opportunities generated by our 
businesses and the markets in which we operate. In doing so, we continue to develop an embedded approach  
to risk management which puts risk and opportunity assessment at the heart of our strategy.

The Group adopts a risk profile aligned to our 
vision to be recognised as a truly international 
business at the forefront of technology and 
innovation. Our available capital and resources 
are applied to underpin our four strategic pillars: 
acquisitions, people, investment and innovation.

Our approach to risk management is designed  
to provide reasonable assurance that our assets 
are safeguarded. The risks facing the business 
are assessed and, where possible, mitigated 
and all relevant information is disclosed and 
reported to the Board.

ORGANISATION AND PROCESS
The Board assumes overall responsibility for 
the management of risk and for reviewing the 
effectiveness of the Group’s risk management 
and internal control systems.

The Board has established a clear organisational 
structure with well-defined accountabilities for 
the principal risks the Group faces in the short, 
medium, and long term, across all divisions. 
This is overseen by the Executive Directors, 
who have an active responsibility for focusing 

on the principal areas of risk to the Group. 
The Board reviews these risk areas, including 
consideration of environmental, social, and 
governance matters, and retains responsibility 
for determining the nature and extent of the 
risks that the Group is prepared to undertake. 
This review is undertaken quarterly.

For each of our principal risks we have a 
risk management framework detailing our 
assessment of the risk, the controls we  
have in place, who is responsible for managing 
the risk, as well as any further mitigating  
actions required.

BOARD’S ASSESSMENT OF COMPLIANCE  
WITH THE RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK
The Board review the principal risks quarterly. 
This is supported by an annual review of the risk 
management system undertaken by the Audit 
Committee. Details of the activities of the Audit 
Committee in relation to this can be found in 
the Audit Committee Report on pages 28 to 29. 
Decisions that could have a material impact  
on the Group are reviewed as and when required 
at Board meetings.

PRINCIPAL RISK FACTORS
Our business is subject to a variety of risks and 
uncertainties. On the following pages we have 
identified the risks we regard as most relevant 
to our Group and performance at this time. 
These may change as the Group develops over 
the year. We have commented on mitigating 
actions that we believe help us manage these 
risks. However, we may not be successful 
in deploying some or all of these mitigating 
actions. If the circumstances in these risks 
occur or are not successfully mitigated, our 
cash flow, operating results, financial position, 
business and reputation could be materially 
adversely affected.

KEY RISKS

DESCRIPTION OF THE RISK

WHAT WE ARE DOING TO MANAGE THE RISK

Safety
The safety of our employees, contractors and suppliers  
and the communities in which we operate is paramount. 
We must operate within local laws, regulations, rules, and 
ordinances relating to health, safety, and the environment, 
including emissions.

We have Health and Safety policies that apply to all facilities, with dedicated 
staff to ensure they are embedded within our culture and regularly measured 
and assessed. This includes an annual compliance programme, which reports 
monthly to the Executive Directors, highlighting any issues that require action, 
including training needs. Regular training in this area is also provided to key 
personnel in the Group’s locations.

Additionally, the Board receives and reviews a Health and Safety report at each 
Board meeting, and also meets annually with the Health and Safety Manager 
to discuss the Group’s safety performance and areas for improvement.

Business Continuity
The operation of manufacturing plants involves many risks that 
could cause a temporary or permanent stoppage in production 
and could have a material adverse effect on the Group.

The Group has Business Continuity arrangements in place to enable continuity 
of supply, as quickly as practicable, of product to customers in the event of a 
natural disaster or major equipment or plant failure. A programme of insurance 
is also in place to protect against the cost of major business interruptions.

14

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTDESCRIPTION OF THE RISK

WHAT WE ARE DOING TO MANAGE THE RISK

People
Performance, knowledge, and skills of employees are central  
to the success of the Group. We must attract, integrate, 
and retain the talent required to fulfil our strategic growth 
ambitions. Inability to retain key knowledge, and adequately 
plan for succession could have a negative impact on the 
Group’s performance.

Commodity Costs
Margins may be affected by fluctuations in crop prices due to 
factors such as harvest and weather conditions, crop disease, 
crop yields, alternative crops, and by-product values.

In some cases, due to the basis for pricing in sales contracts,  
or due to competitive markets, we may not be able to pass  
on to customers the full amount of raw material price increases 
or higher energy, freight or other operating costs.

The Group has remuneration policies designed to attract, retain and reward 
employees with the ability and experience to execute the Group’s strategy.

Management development programmes are in place, alongside detailed 
succession planning across the Group. Succession plans for senior roles  
are reviewed by the Nominations Committee annually.

The Group has a number of strategies in place to manage this risk.  
These include:

• strategic long term relationships with suppliers;
• multiple-source suppliers for key ingredients;
•  raw material and forward energy purchasing policies to provide security of 

supply and cost;

•  the use of derivatives where most beneficial to hedge exposure to movements 

in future prices of commodities; and

•  close monitoring of contract execution to ensure supply is within agreed terms.

Product Innovation Risk
Our commercial success depends, in part, on innovation 
and then obtaining and maintaining trademark and patent 
protection on certain products and technology.

The Group invests heavily in research and development to innovate across  
its businesses. For new innovations, there is an organised and secure process 
for identifying and recording innovations, trade secrets, and potentially 
patentable ideas.

Failure to innovate could have an adverse effect on our 
business. We must also successfully defend trademarks and 
patents against third party challenges or infringements.

The Group has an in-house Legal Counsel to monitor and oversee this risk, 
supported by expert intellectual property lawyers in multiple jurisdictions.

Strategic Partners
The Group has a number of strategic partners, particularly in 
the Agriculture division, who are involved either as joint venture 
partners or significant minority shareholders. A successful 
working relationship with these partners in paramount to those 
businesses’ success.

Close working relationships are maintained with all the Group’s strategic 
partners. This includes regular meetings, both formally and informally, 
and close involvement in the setting and monitoring of strategy for those 
businesses. In addition, arrangements are appropriately documented in 
contracts and legal agreements.

Treasury
We are exposed to a variety of financial risks in relation  
to treasury.

The Group must ensure that it has an adequate level of 
facilities to provide sufficient funding to operate its businesses 
and to develop growth opportunities.

Changes to the value of currencies can fluctuate widely  
and could have a significant impact on a division’s results.  
Furthermore, because the Group has international businesses  
it is subject to exchange risks in the translation of the 
underlying net assets and earnings of its foreign subsidiaries.

The level of facilities are regularly reviewed by the Group Finance Director,  
and these are also regularly reported to and discussed by the Board.

The Group operates a treasury policy of hedging all significant transactional 
currency exposures. Additionally, translational hedging instruments are used  
to limit the potential impact of fluctuating currencies on reported earnings 
from foreign subsidiaries.

For interest rate risk on floating rate debt, we maintain a mix of fixed rate  
debt, primarily finance lease, and floating rate debt. These levels are 
monitored and assessed against forecast changes in interest rates and  
forward guidance from interest rate setting authorities.

15

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORTRISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

DESCRIPTION OF THE RISK

WHAT WE ARE DOING TO MANAGE THE RISK

Acquisitions
The Group is acquisitive and is therefore exposed to the 
possibility of acquiring a company based on inaccurate 
information, unrealistic synergies and financial benefits,  
or an inappropriate deal structure. 

Failure to effectively integrate acquired businesses could  
also undermine any expected synergies.

A thorough and careful due diligence process is undertaken, utilising relevant 
skilled internal personnel, as well as external expertise when required. 
Individual business unit and Group resource is used to analyse potential 
synergies and financial benefits. Consideration is given to the composition 
and skills of the management team of the acquired company and support 
and relevant training is provided by Group personnel to ensure a successful 
integration. The deal structure and proposed financing arrangements are 
determined on a case by case basis. 

Customer Demand
Changes in customer demand, be that retail or commercial 
customers caused by economic factors could result in a fall 
in demand for the Group’s product offering, resulting in a 
significant loss in revenue. 

Reliance on Key Customers
Some businesses within the Group have a significant  
proportion of their revenue generated from a small number  
of key customers. A loss of a number of these customers  
could adversely affect the performance of a division and  
in turn the Group. 

Post-acquisition reviews are also undertaken to identify any areas for 
improvement in future transactions.

The Group operates in diverse worldwide markets, which provide resilience  
for the Group against difficulties faced by any one market or economy.  
The businesses are managed flexibly to react to changing demands in their 
own sector.

The businesses have established good long term relationships with key 
customers to ensure that demands and expectations are met. The Group is 
constantly investing in its businesses to ensure that they are able to satisfy 
customer needs and are market leaders. 

The Group is continually working on identifying new markets, products,  
and opportunities to expand the customer base of all its businesses. 

Reliance on Key Ingredients
Our feed block business relies on a key ingredient of molasses. 
Should there be volatility in the molasses market or should a 
crop disaster result in little to no harvest, this could adversely 
affect business performance. 

Our feed block businesses acquire molasses from a variety of sources 
worldwide and therefore there is no over reliance on any one producer. The 
molasses market is international and therefore it is unlikely that molasses 
could not be sourced from an alternative location should any one harvest  
be adversely impact by a natural disaster. In addition, research remains 
underway to establish alternative ingredients to molasses. 

The scheme closed to future accrual on 31 December 2015. As at the last 
triennial actuarial valuation, the scheme was fully funded. This funding level is 
monitored on a quarterly basis by both the Company and the scheme Trustees.

The scheme also has a dynamic de-risking programme in place, with an 
investment strategy designed to reduce the volatility of the funding level in 
changeable markets. 

The Group benefits from its operational and geographic diversity and is not 
substantially dependent on the EU for either raw materials or revenues. 

We will continue to monitor developments and incorporate these into our 
future business planning.

Defined Benefit Pension Scheme
The Group operates one defined benefit pension scheme. 
The funding of the scheme could be adversely affected by a 
number of factors including: investment returns, interest rate 
fluctuations, members’ longevity and government gilt rates  
that are used to determine the value of liabilities. Changes  
in all or some of these inputs could increase the cost to the 
Group of funding this scheme in the future.

Brexit
The UK’s impending exit from the European Union (EU) 
highlights a number of risks for the Group, particularly in the 
Agriculture division.

Part of our customer base is inherently reliant on agricultural 
subsidies from the EU, and therefore future government 
policy and support for the agricultural sector will potentially 
impact on our customers with a knock on effect to our 
agricultural business.

Similarly, for some areas of the business the Group imports raw 
materials from within the EU. The imposition of tariffs or other 
related cost increases could impact the cost base of the Group.

16

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTVIABILITY STATEMENT

The Group’s business model and strategy are 
central to an understanding of its prospects,  
and details can be found on pages 6 to 7.  
The Group is very diverse both operationally  
and geographically. The Group set down  
a strategic plan two years ago, which is subject 
to ongoing monitoring and development as 
described below.

The Group’s focus is particularly on developing 
the supplements business, because of the 
opportunities for international expansion 
and product development, and its nuclear 
engineering business because of the global 
expansion opportunities in the nuclear sector 
and adjacent markets.  

budget and is subject to a re-forecast process 
at the half-year. The second and third years are 
in a similar level of detail.

The Group’s principal risks are set out on  
pages 14 to 16. The purpose of the principal 
risks table is primarily to summarise those 
matters that could prevent the Group from 
delivering on its strategy. A number of other 
aspects of the principal risks – because of their 
nature or potential impact – could also threaten 
the Group’s ability to continue in business in 
its current form if they were to occur. Of the 
principal risks identified, the following are 
the most important to the assessment of the 
viability of the Group:

The Group’s prospects are assessed primarily 
through its strategic planning process. This 
process is led by the Chief Executive across all 
aspects of the Group. The Board participates 
fully in the annual process through an annual 
strategy day, detailed strategic presentations 
on all areas of the business by business leaders 
throughout the year, and an annual half-year 
strategic update. Part of the Board’s role is  
to consider whether the plan continues to  
take appropriate account of the changing 
external environment.

The output of the strategic planning process 
is a set of Group strategic objectives and 
a number of strategic priorities for the 
forthcoming financial year. The latest updates 
to the strategic plan were finalised in July 
2016 following this year’s review. This 
considered the Group’s current position and the 
development of the business as a whole over 
the next three years.

Given the nature of the business cycles in both 
Agriculture and Engineering, it was decided 
that a period of three years to 31 August 2019 
was the most appropriate for the purpose of a 
viability assessment. The Group has prepared 
detailed financial forecasts for the 3 year 
period to 31 August 2019, so that 2 years 
10 months remains at the time of approval of 
this year’s annual report. The first year of the 
financial forecasts form the Group’s operating 

1.  Treasury;
2.  Commodity costs;
3.  Reliance on key ingredients;
4.  Strategic partners; and
5.  Consumer demand

It was determined that none of these individual 
risks would, in isolation, compromise the 
Group’s viability.

Although the strategic plan reflects the 
Directors’ best estimate of the future prospects 
of the business, they have also tested the 
potential impact on the Group of a number of 
scenarios over and above those included in 
the plan by quantifying their financial impact 
and overlaying this on the detailed financial 
forecasts in the plan. These scenarios represent 
‘severe but plausible’ circumstances that the 
Group could experience.

The scenarios tested included:

•  Significant reductions in profitability and 

associated cashflows associated with the risks 
highlighted above, with consumer demand 
affecting all business units and additional 
impacts on Agriculture business units from 
commodity costs, reliance on key ingredients, 
and from strategic partners; and

•  Interest costs increasing by a factor of two.

The results of this stress testing showed  
that, due to the stability of the core business, 
the Group would be able to withstand the 
impact of these scenarios occurring over the 
period of the financial forecasts by making 
adjustments to its operating plans within  
the normal course of business.

The Group also considered a number of 
scenarios that would represent serious threats 
to its liquidity. None of these was considered  
to be plausible.

Based on their assessment of prospects and 
viability above, the Directors confirm that they 
have a reasonable expectation that the Group 
will be able to continue in operation and meet 
its liabilities as they fall due over the three  
year period ending 31 August 2019.

The Directors also considered it appropriate 
to prepare the financial statements on the 
going concern basis, as explained in the Basis 
of accounting paragraph in the principal 
accounting policies.

17

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL REVIEW

NEIL AUSTIN
GROUP FINANCE DIRECTOR

CURRENT AND FUTURE DEVELOPMENT  
AND PERFORMANCE

REVENUE
Reported revenues from continuing operations 
were £314.9m, 4.9 per cent behind last year 
(2015: £331.3m). 

Revenues have fallen primarily as a result of 
lower raw material prices, which because of 
the nature of some of our contracts can directly 
affect sales values, and also because of a 
reduced level of activity in Engineering.

OPERATING PROFIT
Group operating profit from continuing 
operations of £12.8m is up 5.6 per cent  

on last year (2015: £12.1m). As a percentage  
of revenues, Group operating margin is 4.1  
per cent compared to 3.6 per cent in 2015. 

Following the disposal of the Food division,  
the results of the Food division for the year  
of £2.8m (2015: £3.0m) are shown separately 
in the results of discontinued operations.

Operating profits from continuing operations 
per division and as a percentage of divisional 
revenues are as follows:

Operating Profit

Agriculture
Engineering

2016
£m

10.3
2.5

2016
%

3.6
8.3

2015
£m

9.4
2.6

2015
%

3.2
7.9

“

The key features  
of the year have 
been the record 
profit before tax 
for the Group, for 
another successive 
year, continued 
capital investment 
across all three 
divisions and the 
disposal of the  
Food division.

”

SHARE OF ASSOCIATE AND JVS
The Group’s share of the post-tax result 
in its associate and joint ventures was 
£2.1m, compared to £2.3m in 2015. The 
result reflected a decrease in its associate’s 
profitability, primarily due to reduced feed 
margins, offset by a slight increase in 
aggregated joint venture profitability with  
a strong US performance offsetting a  
reduction in European feed blocks caused  
by the ongoing issues in the dairy sector.

FINANCE COSTS
Net finance costs of £0.8m were higher than the 
previous year (2015: £0.7m), reflecting lower 
interest receivable in the year. Interest cover was 
19.2 times compared to 20.4 times in 2015.

PROFIT BEFORE TAX 
Profit before tax from continuing operations  
at £14.1m was 2.8 per cent higher than in  
the previous year (2015: £13.7m).

18

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTTAXATION
The Group’s effective tax charge on profit from 
activities after net finance costs and excluding 
profits from associate and joint ventures  
was 24.2 per cent (2015: 26.4 per cent).  
A reconciliation of the actual total tax charge  
to the standard rate of corporation tax in the  
UK of 20 per cent is given in note 6 to the 
financial statements.

EARNINGS PER SHARE
The profit attributable to the equity holders  
of the Company amounted to £12.5m (2015: 
£12.0m), and basic earnings per share from 
continuing operations was 10.7p (2015: 
10.0p), an increase of 7 per cent.

Adjusted earnings per share of 10.9p (2015: 
10.2p) is calculated by dividing the profit 
attributable to equity holders for the year, 
before non-recurring items and amortisation 
of intangible assets, by the weighted average 
number of shares in issue during the year. 

ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSALS
The Group acquired the business and assets  
of Green (Agriculture) Co in September 2015  
for a consideration of £0.3m.

In June 2016 the Group acquired the entire 
issued share capital of Phoenix Feeds Ltd  
for a consideration of £1.7m, including 
contingent consideration of £0.5m. This 
business was hived up on acquisition into  
our UK Agriculture business.

On 3 September 2016 the Group disposed of 
its Food division for a gross consideration of 
£36m, receiving net proceeds of £24.9m after 
adjusting for net debt and working capital. 
Consequently the segmental analysis presented 
in the financial statements has been restated 
to reallocate central costs previously borne 
by the Food division to alternative segments. 
The disposal resulted in a small profit on sale 
of £39,000, which has been included in the 
results of discontinued operations.

CASH FLOW AND NET DEBT
Due to the disposal of the Food division and  
the special dividend not being paid until post 
year end, the Group was in a net cash position 
at 3 September 2016.

A free cash flow of £6.5 million was generated 
in the year, representing an increase of 11.9  
per cent on £5.8 million in the previous year. 

Headroom against existing facilities was 
£23.0m at the year end. Other than the  
Group’s overdraft, which is renewable annually, 
the Group’s existing facilities are due for 
renewal in July 2019.

Cash flow and net (debt)/cash

Operating profit from continuing operations
Depreciation and profit on disposal
Amortisation

EBITDA (excluding associate and joint ventures)
Increase in inventories 
Increase in receivables
Decrease in payables
Other

Net operating cash flow
Net interest
Taxation
Cash flow from continuing operations
Maintenance capex
Net cash from discontinued operations
Free cash flow

Expansionary capex
Acquisitions/disposals
Dividends
Loans and Finance leases received/paid
Other

Increase in cash and cash equivalents
Opening cash and cash equivalents
Closing cash and cash equivalents

Opening net debt
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
Change in borrowings

Closing net cash

2016

£’000

12,770
3,504
205

16,479
(1,620)
(3,606)
(3,226)
(1,770)

6,257
(518)
(1,098)
4,641
(1,764)
3,620
6,497

(4,024)
22,664
(3,347)
(3,078)
4,800

23,512
16,275
39,787

(24,413)
23,512
9,045

8,144

PENSIONS
The Group operates its current pension 
arrangements on a defined benefit and defined 
contribution basis. The defined benefit scheme 
is closed to new members and during the year 
was closed to future accrual. The closure 
resulted in a negative past service cost, net  
of associated costs, of approximately £0.3m. 
The scheme currently has 112 deferred 
members and 224 current pensioners.  
It received £0.8 million during the year in 
additional deficit reduction contributions 
from the Group in accordance with the 2011 
actuarial valuation as agreed between the 
Company and the Trustees. Deficit reduction 
contributions ceased on 31 December 2015  
as per the agreed recovery plan. 

The valuation on an IAS 19 accounting basis 
showed a surplus before the related deferred  
tax liability in the scheme at 3 September 2016 

of £0.3m (2015: £1.8m). Actuarial losses  
of £2.7m (2015: £2.8m) have been  
recognised in the Consolidated Statement  
of Comprehensive Income.

The Group and the Trustees continue to work 
together to introduce ways of de-risking the 
defined benefit scheme to provide less volatility 
in the scheme’s assets and liabilities in the 
future. Several initiatives were introduced  
during the year.

NEIL AUSTIN
Group Finance Director
16 November 2016

19

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

We monitor our performance against the strategy by means of key performance indicators (‘KPIs’):

%
)
5
.
5
(

6
1
0
2

%
1
.
3
1

6
1
0
2

%
1
.
4

6
1
0
2

m
5
.
6
£

6
1
0
2

%
9
8
1

.

%
)
4
.
4
(

5
1
0
2

%
9
.
2
1

5
1
0
2

%
7
.
3

5
1
0
2

m
8
.
5
£

5
1
0
2

%
9
7
1

.

UNDERLYING SALES  
GROWTH/DECLINE

(5.5)%

Financial Review  
Pages 18 to 19

GROSS MARGIN

13.1%

Financial Review  
Pages 18 to 19

Definition 
Year on year increase/
(decrease) in sales 
revenue excluding the 
impact of acquisitions 
and disposals.

Comments 
Revenues are monitored by the Board, although because of 
the nature of our businesses it is not, by itself, an indicator  
of growth. Our volume driven businesses are all subject  
to significant raw material price variations, the majority of 
which are passed through to selling prices. Hence falling  
raw material prices are expected to lead to falling revenues. 
The reduction in the year reflected lower commodity prices  
in Agriculture and contract delays in Engineering.

Definition 
Gross profit as a 
percentage of sales 
revenue.

Comments 
Gross margin is a reflection on how successfully we have 
managed raw material price volatility in our markets, together 
with how successful we have been in pricing in other areas of 
our business in competitive markets. Our gross margin from 
continuing operations grew to 13.1% in the current year, which 
highlights how we continue to manage input price volatility.

ADJUSTED GROUP 
OPERATING MARGIN

4.1%

Definition 
Operating profit before 
non-recurring items 
and amortisation, as a 
percentage of revenue.

Comments 
The underlying Group operating margin reflects the gross 
margin achieved, which is described above, but also indicates 
the efficiency of our operations from both an administrative 
and distribution perspective. The growth in underlying 
operating margin from continuing operations to 4.1% relates 
to both of these aspects.

Financial Review  
Pages 18 to 19

FREE CASH FLOW

£6.5m

Financial Review  
Pages 18 to 19

RETURN ON NET ASSETS

18.9%

Definition 
Cash generated from 
operating activities 
including all cashflows 
from discontinued 
operations, less 
maintenance capital 
expenditure.

Comments 
This KPI indicates how much cash has been generated by 
the Group’s operations that is available for expansionary 
capital investment, paying dividends, or financing/repaying 
borrowings. The increase in FY16 is predominantly due  
to an increase in EBITDA year on year.

Definition
Profit before tax,  
non-recurring items 
and amortisation  
as a percentage of  
net assets.

Comments
Return on net assets increased to 18.9% this year. This has 
been calculated after adjusting year end net assets for the 
£16m special dividend arising from the disposal of the Food 
business. That disposal reduced the Group’s asset base in 
the year.

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

Financial Review  
Pages 18 to 19

20

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTTHE BOARD

1

5

2

6

3

7

4

8

1  TIM DAVIES 
Chief Executive Officer
Tim joined Carr’s in March 2013 as Chief Executive. Tim was formerly 
the Group Managing Director at Openfield. Prior to this, he progressed 
from Sales Director to Managing Director of Grainfarmers plc in 2005. 
He subsequently led the successful merger of Grainfarmers plc and 
Centaur Grain Ltd in 2008, forming Openfield, the largest farmer-owned 
grain marketing business in the UK. Tim continued in his role as Group 
Managing Director until 2013. He has been a Director of the Agricultural 
Industries Confederation since 2003.

2  NEIL AUSTIN
Group Finance Director
Neil joined Carr’s in January 2013 and became Group Finance Director 
in April 2013. Neil was formerly a Director at PwC, having joined as 
a graduate in their Newcastle office in 1997. He was appointed as a 
Director of the Newcastle office in 2007 with lead responsibility for part 
of the Assurance practice, and has experience with FTSE 350 companies 
and multi-nationals.

3  CHRIS HOLMES
Board Chairman
Nominations Committee Chairman
Chris joined Carr’s in 1991 as the Managing Director of the Agriculture 
business, having previously worked for J Bibby & Sons. Chris was 
appointed Chief Executive in 1994, and remained in that role until he was 
appointed Chairman in 2013. He commenced as Chairman of Carlisle 
Youth Zone in 2013 and is a Non-Executive Director of Break 90 Limited. 

4  ROBERT HEYGATE
Non-Executive Director
Robert joined Carr’s as a Non-Executive Director in 1991. He is the  
joint Managing Director of Heygate & Sons Ltd, the UK’s largest 
independent flour milling company, which is also engaged in animal  
feed compounding and other agricultural activities. Robert retired  
from the Board on 30 April 2016.

5  ALISTAIR WANNOP
Remuneration Committee Chairman
Alistair was appointed a Non-Executive Director in 2005. Alistair has been 
the Chairman of both the County NFU and the MAFF northern regional 
advisory panel. He has served as a Director of The English Farming and 
Food Partnership, Rural Regeneration Cumbria, and Cumbria Vision. 
Alistair is a fellow of the Royal Agricultural Society of England.

6  JOHN WORBY
Senior Independent Director
Audit Committee Chairman
John was appointed a Non-Executive Director in April 2015. John is 
currently a Non-Executive Director of Fidessa plc, Senior Independent 
Director of Hilton Food Group plc and Chairman of the audit committee  
of both companies. John was previously the Finance Director of Genus  
and a Non-Executive Director of Cranswick plc. John is a chartered 
accountant and a member of the Financial Reporting Review Panel.

7  IAN WOOD
Non-Executive Director
Ian was appointed to the Board on 1 October 2015. He retired as the 
Commercial Director, International Business Development for Centrica 
(previously British Gas) in January 2016 and having held a number of 
positions with the Company, covering various aspects of the business 
including engineering, customer services, industrial and commercial 
marketing, and energy trading within the UK, Continental Europe and 
North America. Ian is a Director of Talkin Energy Ltd.

8  KATIE WOOD
Company Secretary
Katie was appointed Counsel and Assistant Company Secretary in 2010. 
She became Company Secretary in January 2013, whilst maintaining 
her role as Counsel. Katie is a solicitor and has worked with FTSE and 
NASDAQ companies, and has a breadth of experience in corporate, 
commercial and employment matters. She is an Associate of the  
Chartered Institute of Secretaries.

21

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

ONGOING COMMITMENT TO 
CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

The Group maintains its emphasis on ensuring it operates  
with ethical responsibility and remains committed to all aspects  
of corporate social responsibility.

PEOPLE
People are fundamental to every business and 
our employees are critical to the successful 
delivery of our strategic objectives; one of the 
four key pillars being “investing in people,  
who are vital to the long term success of  
the business”.

Our values of trust, respect, and integrity 
run throughout all our businesses. Our high 
levels of teamwork and co-operation are a 
major contributing factor to our success. We 
remain committed to employee engagement 
throughout the Group, and employees are kept 
up-to-date with the Group’s performance and 
development through regular briefing notes.

Identifying talent and people development 
will remain key priorities for us going forward. 
We remain committed to providing a working 
environment that:
•  is consistent and fair;
•  is free from discrimination; 
•  aids development and skills;
•  supports employee engagement.

Sharesave
The Group operates a sharesave scheme,  
in which currently all UK based employees are 
entitled to participate. The Group recognises 
that the scheme is a well-established method 
of employee engagement, facilitating ownership 
in the Group.

Equal opportunities
The Group is committed to an active equal 
opportunities policy promoting an environment 
free from discrimination, harassment and 
victimisation, where everyone will receive equal 
treatment regardless of gender, colour, ethnic 
or national origin, disability, age, marital status, 
sexual orientation or religion. All decisions 
relating to employment practices will be 
objective, free from bias and based solely upon 
work criteria and individual merit. The Group 
is responsive to the needs of its employees, 
customers and the community at large. We are 
an organisation which uses everyone’s talents 
and abilities and where diversity is valued.

22

The Group employs, 1,139 people. 
The split is as follows:

24%

76%

 871 Men
 268 Women

Senior Managers and Executives,  
male and female: 

27%

73%

 11 Men
 4 Women

Employees with disabilities
It is our policy that people with disabilities 
should have full and fair consideration for 
all vacancies. We remain committed to 
maintaining the current open, fair and non-
discriminatory recruitment process operated 
throughout the Group, and seek to have full 
engagement with any employee who becomes 
disabled during their employment.

Year overview
This year has seen significant delivery in 
development at all levels. 

We have successfully delivered a Group Wide 
Senior Leadership Development Programme 
over the last 12 months with the participants 
now working on Strategic Business Projects 
ready for delivery in January 2017. 

This programme has been run with one of our 
development partners, the Brathay Trust. The 
Trust was founded in 1946 and is a registered 
Charity with the principal business activities 
comprising of Professional Development, 
Children and Young People’s Services, and  
the Brathay Research and Evaluation Hub. 
As a social enterprise, Brathay is committed to 
a policy of Corporate Social Responsibility. All 
profits from Brathay Professional Development 
are utilised by the Brathay Trust to carry out 
youth development work – this work focuses  
on young people from all backgrounds and 
aims to help them cultivate a positive sense  
of themselves and others that allows them  
to succeed and flourish.

The Programme Objectives have been:
•  To provide participants with an increased 
self-awareness around their working style 
and impact on others to improve their overall 
effectiveness as leaders of the future.
•  To gain feedback on performance and 
leadership style and to explore how 
leadership and organisational climate  
drives business performance.

•  To challenge current leadership style and to 
develop new ways of working, by employing 
an active, experiential learning approach.
•  To increase participants management and 

leadership skills, knowledge and awareness.

•  To create opportunities to learn from key 

business managers and to share best practice 
across the Group’s businesses.

A full review of the programme will take place 
on completion of the business projects but the 
Group has already seen significant development 
of the participants with many positive examples 
of personal and professional progression. 

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
In January 2016 Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales) Ltd commenced a Branch Supervisors’ 
Development Programme:
•  To provide supervisors with the necessary 

knowledge, skills and behaviours to increase 
their effectiveness in their current roles.
•  To equip supervisors with the managerial 
skills necessary for them to adapt to  
changing demands.

•  To provide a structured development 

programme which will enable supervisors  
to fulfil their potential within the company.

This programme has successfully combined 
learning managerial skills along with the 
operational and product knowledge required 
to be successful in this role. Feedback has 
been obtained throughout the programme 
providing real time opportunity to adapt and 
amend the programme and its content to 
ensure appropriate learning and development 
is adding value and enabling line management 
to respond effectively and efficiently. 

Based on the success of this programme so 
far, we have adapted the content and run this 
programme within Carr’s Engineering Ltd. 

Bendalls, part of Carr’s Engineering Ltd, 
has undergone a significant culture change 
programme this year focussing on motivation, 
change and growth. The feedback from this 
programme has identified many aspects 
of business improvement and personal 
developmental goals as well as identifying 
further development requirements in the areas  
of engagement, quality and Health & Safety. 

HEALTH & SAFETY
The Group is committed to the maintenance 
of high standards of health and safety for all 
its employees, visitors, customers, and others 
who may be affected by its business activities. 
There is also recognition of the need to 
continually improve safety performance.

The CEO, Group FD and Group Risk Manager 
meet monthly in advance of each Board meeting 
to review Health and Safety. It is a standard 
Board meeting agenda item and enables review 
of accident statistics, auditing activity and other 
initiatives as well as ensuring the Board are 
alerted to key risk management and legislative 
changes. The Board also endorses an ongoing 
programme of safety improvements.

Arrangements have been further improved by 
the appointment of Non-Executive Director Ian 
Wood, who has the Board oversight for health 
and safety. This is a significant step and builds 
on our arrangements to ensure they are more in 
line with the recommendations of the Institute 
of Directors and HSE.

A comprehensive Branch Supervisor training 
programme was conducted throughout the year 
and this included a health and safety module.
The Group Risk Manager continuously monitors 
safety performance to ensure there is a high 
standard of health and safety management 
across all Group businesses. This year the 
programme of audits was extended to include 
the wholly-owned USA businesses.

The overall number of accidents across the UK 
Group companies was 41, a 19.6% reduction 
on the 51 recorded in the previous year. The 
number of RIDDOR reportable injuries has also 
reduced 16.7%, from 6 to 5. 

In terms of the Group as a whole, including 
the overseas businesses, the total number of 
accidents was 59, a reduction of 14.5% on  
the 69 the previous year.

In addition the number of days lost in the 
year arising from RIDDOR reportable injuries 
and overseas equivalents was 119, a 7.0% 
reduction from 128 the previous year.

The Board is committed to improving standards 
of health and safety and remains confident the 
overall trend of reduction in accident numbers 
will continue.

SUSTAINABILITY 
The Group continues to make progress 
towards its target of obtaining 25% of  
the Group’s energy from carbon neutral 
sources by 2020.

Continued investment in energy efficient 
lighting and processes continues to reduce 
the carbon generation. The Group wide 
Environmental Reporting System is fully 
operational for both UK and overseas 
subsidiaries and each location reports the 
following monthly data and performance 
against pre set benchmarks.

•   Energy and Carbon Generation
•  Water Utilisation
•  Waste Generation and Recycling 
•  Transport Fuels
•  Environmental Legislation / Compliance

Environment Legislation & Compliance
All of the UK Group Engineering sites  
are now utilising green renewable grid 
supplied electricity.

During 2015 the Group undertook a full 
Energy Audit in accordance with the 
mandatory Energy Savings Opportunity 
Scheme, and the findings and energy saving 
opportunities identified from the audit were 
presented to the CEO and duly signed off  
as required by the statutory legislation.

Carbon Generation Report
The Group did not generate any additional 
greenhouse gases other than C02 from the 
utilisation of grid supplied electricity and 
natural gas during 2016.

The energy intensive operations of the Food 
division and the UK feedblock business 
continued to be in receipt of Climate Change 
Discount Agreements in exchange for target 
carbon reductions. As a result of the sale 
of the Food division on 3 September 2016, 
energy consumption will reduce in 2017. 

Detailed below is the C02 generation for all 
of the Group’s subsidiary companies and 
compares actual volume against previous year.

It should be noted that this does not include 
transport C02 generated for the period 
2015/16 and depicts manufacturing and 
retail carbon footprint data from utilities only. 
This is reported separately in this statement.

CARR’S GROUP CARBON C02 GENERATION 2015/16 V 2014/15

Division 

CO2 Tonnes 2015/16 

CO2 Tonnes 2014/15

Food  
UK Agriculture  
USA Agriculture  
Engineering  
Head Office  
Sub Total  
Transport   
Total   

12,242  
4,699  
6,050  
273  
21  
23,285  
4,405  
27,690  

14,256
3,970
7,052
821
51
26,150
5,038
31,188

23

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY CONTINUED

Electricity and Gas Utilisation

Annual UK Group Electricity Consumption for 2015 /16  
Group Overseas Electricity Consumption for 2015 /16  
Annual UK Group Gas Consumption for 2015 /16   
Group Overseas Gas Consumption for 2015 /16  
Total Other Fossil Fuel Consumption for 2015 /16   

30,893,521 Kwh 
6,877,221 Kwh
8,885,006 Kwh
6,015.602 Kwh
1,554,112 Kwh

Transport Fuels
During 2016 the Group utilised  
1,643,993 litres of Diesel Fuel for  
Own Fleet Vehicles and Company Cars 
throughout its UK operations.

The C02 generated from this fuel  
consumption during 2016 is 4,405  
tonnes, down 12.6% (2015: 5,038).

CARR’S GROUP PLC TOTAL UK ENERGY  
BY SUBSIDIARY

1.1%   6.6%

2.5%  0.3% 

2.3%

5.1%

5.2%

12.5% 

12.5% 

27.6% 

24.3% 

  Flour: Kirkcaldy
  Flour: Silloth
  Flour: Maldon
  Caltech 
   CBAS  

Commercial Fleet

   Wallace Oils 

Commercial Fleet

   JWF Commercial 

Fleet 
   Scotmin 

Commercial Fleet

  Company Cars
  CBAS Sites
  Old Croft 

Total CO2 Generated by the Group
Combining the C02 generated through  
operation and fuel consumption the total Group 
C02 Generation for the year is 27,690 tonnes.  
On a like for like basis this resulted in an 
annual decrease 11.3%.

Intensity Metric
Due to the diverse nature of the operations  
of the Group it was decided that people were 
the best measure for the intensity metric.  
The 2016 intensity metric is 24.3 C02 tonnes 
per employee, being 27,690 C02 Tonnes / 
1,134 employees, down 16.2% from 29 C02 
tonnes per employee in 2015. 

The C02 emissions data is reported in metric 
tonnes. The C02 emissions data has been 
calculated on the basis of measured energy 
and fuel use and multiplied by relevant 
C02 conversion factors, as approved by the 
Department of Energy. Fuel and energy use are 
based on direct measurement verified through 
purchase invoices for the vast majority of our 
sites. In certain instances, an exceptionally 
small number of invoices were not available, 
therefore it has been necessary to estimate 
energy and fuel usage. 

Environmental Compliance 
There have been no breaches of environmental 
legislation during the year and the large 
manufacturing sites continued to operate within 
the emission levels set by the UK Environment 
Agency and their current permit conditions.

All sites operate within the framework of  
a full Environmental Management System.

Waste Reduction and Recycling targets have 
been set for each subsidiary for 2017.

All Group employees are actively encouraged to 
reduce waste and improve energy efficiencies.

COMMUNITY
Supporting the communities in which we 
operate is exceptionally important to the Group. 
The support that has been provided throughout 
the year has been varied, from charitable 
donations to volunteer work. 

24

During the year one of our Agriculture 
businesses Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) 
Ltd became part of a global project launched 
by Zeus Packaging Group to support children’s 
charities in Ireland, the UK, Spain, Portugal, 
New Zealand and Australia. The initiative saw 
Carrs be provided with the exclusive distribution 
rights of Zeus Purple Silage wrap and Purple 
Netwrap in the UK to support WellChild, the 
national charity for sick children.

In addition, to the proceeds Carrs raised, it 
launched a competition to support WellChild. 
Farmers were challenged to create eye-catching 
displays from their purple hay bales. They 
could customise their bales with special 
packs provided by Carrs. Farmers taking part 
submitted photos of their creation, which 
were then displayed on social media. The 
best display received two tickets for the 
prestigious WellChild Awards 2016 which took 
place in London in October. This was a star 
studded event, which was attended by a host 
of celebrities, and WellChild Patron Prince 
Harry, with awards being given to inspirational 
children coping with serious illness,  
caring children and to dedicated child  
health professionals.

During the year we continued to contribute to 
the Cumbria Community Foundation, which 
during the year, supported those in Cumbria 
badly affected by the floods of winter 2015. 
Carr’s also maintained its relationship with 
Carlisle Youth Zone, which continues to serve 
the social, recreational and emotional needs  
of young people in the Carlisle area.

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

CHRIS HOLMES
CHAIRMAN

CHAIRMAN’S OVERVIEW
Significant changes made to the UK Corporate 
Governance Code 2014 have applied to the 
Group for the first time this year. These changes 
have facilitated an overarching review of how 
the Group approaches risk management. Risk 
management is underpinned by Carr’s core values 
of openness, respect and a can-do attitude.  
An overview of the revised risk management 
process now in place and the principal risks  
of the Group are on pages 14 to 16. 

Carr’s approach to governance is outlined in  
the following report, which describes how the 
Group has integrated the main principles of  
the UK Corporate Governance Code 2014.  
The Board considers that it complied with the 
Code throughout the year, with the exception  
of B.1.1 as set out on page 27. 

The corporate governance of the Company is 
continuously being reviewed as the Company 
develops, to ensure that the stakeholders’ 
interests are always aligned with the Company.

CHRIS HOLMES DL
Chairman
16 November 2016

“

Governance plays a vital role, 
and the Board is committed  
to maintaining high standards 
of corporate governance. 

”

Statement by the Directors on compliance  
with the provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code 2014.

UK CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE
The UK Corporate Governance Code dated 
September 2014 issued by the Financial 
Reporting Council is applicable to listed 
companies, and sets out standards of good 
practice in relation to issues such as:
•  Board composition and effectiveness;
•  the role of Board committees;
•  risk management;
•  remuneration; and
•  relationships with shareholders.

We are required to state how we have applied 
the principles contained in the Code and 
disclose whether we have complied with the 
provisions of the Code during the year. The 
Board consider that the Company has, during 
the year ended 3 September 2016, complied 
with the requirements of the Code, save for 
provision B.1.1. 

The Company is aware of its ongoing corporate 
governance obligations and appointed a new 
independent Non-Executive Director, Ian Wood, 
who commenced on 1 October 2015 and is 
a member of the Remuneration, Audit and 
Nominations Committees. 

THE BOARD
The Directors have a collective duty to promote 
the long term success of the Company for its 
shareholders. In determining long-term  
strategy and objectives of the Group, the  
Board is mindful of its duties and 
responsibilities to shareholders as well as 
employees and other stakeholders. The 
Board reviews management and financial 
performance, and monitors strategic delivery 
and achievement of business objectives.

The Board’s time can be grouped in to six 
key areas as outlined below. A portion of their 
time is also spent on administrative matters.

Strategy

Setting strategic targets. 
Reviewing new business 
developments, including 
potential acquisitions.
Research and technology.

Risk

Group’s risk and internal 
control framework.

Governance Legal updates and new 
disclosure requirements.
Internal Board review.
Succession planning.

Finance

Stakeholder 
engagement

Budget approval.
Oversight of the preparation 
and management of the 
financial statements.
Dividend policy.
Pensions strategy.

AGM and other shareholder 
feedback.
Investor calls, meetings  
and roadshows.

Safety

Health & Safety monthly 
updates and management.

The powers of the Directors are set out in the 
Company’s Articles of Association. In addition, 
the Directors have responsibilities and duties 
under legislation, in particular the Companies 
Act 2006.

During the year ended 3 September 2016,  
the Board comprised two Executive Directors,  
a Chairman, and at least three Non-Executive 
Directors (Ian Wood from 1 October 2015, Bob 
Heygate retired on 30 April 2016). There is a 
Company Secretary to the Board. The biographies 
of the Board can be found on page 21.

25

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCECORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT CONTINUED

The Board met 13 times throughout the 
year. In addition to the regular scheduled 
meetings throughout the year, unscheduled 
supplementary meetings may also take place 
as and when necessary. During this financial 
year there were three unscheduled meetings 
in relation to the disposal of the Food division. 
Directors who are unable to attend a particular 
meeting receive relevant briefing papers and are 
given the opportunity to discuss any issues with 
the Chairman, the Chief Executive or the Group 
Finance Director. During this year there were  
no Director absences from the Board meetings.

To enable the Directors of the Board to carry 
out their responsibilities all Directors have full 
and timely access to all relevant information. 
The Board has a schedule of matters for its 
discussion, which is reviewed against best 
practice. A summary is shown below and a full 
schedule is available on the Company’s website. 

The Board is responsible for:
•  the Group’s strategy;
•  acquisitions and divestment policy;
•  corporate governance, risk and environment 

policy and management;

•  approval of budgets;
•  general treasury policy;
•  major capital expenditure projects;
•  dividend policy; and
•  monitoring the Group’s profit and cash  

flow performance.

The Board has delegated authority to the Audit, 
Remuneration, and Nominations Committees to 
carry out certain tasks as defined in their written 
terms of reference approved by the Board; these 
are also available on the Company website. 

The UK Corporate Governance Code stipulates that 
there should be a clear division of responsibility 
between the running of the Board and executive 
responsibilities for running the Company.

The Chairman was responsible for:
•  setting the Board agenda;
•  the leadership of the Board and ensuring  
its effectiveness on all aspects of its role;
•  providing strategic insight from his long 
business experience in the industry and  
with the Company; and

•  providing a sounding board for the Chief 
Executive on key business decisions and 
challenging proposals where appropriate.

The Chief Executive was responsible for:
•  the day-to-day management of the Group’s 

business;

•  leading the business and the rest of the 

management team in accordance with the 
strategy agreed by the Board; 

•  leading the development of the Group’s 

strategy with input from the rest of the Board; 

26

•  leading the management team in the 

implementation of the Group’s strategy; and

•  bringing matters of particular significance 

to the Chairman for discussion and 
consideration by the Board if appropriate.

Elections
The Company’s Articles of Association provide  
that one third of the Directors retire by rotation 
each year at the Annual General Meeting, however, 
the Company has deemed it best practice to 
require all the Directors to retire annually. 

Attendance & Agenda
In advance of all Board meetings the Directors 
are supplied with detailed and comprehensive 
papers covering the Group’s strategy and 
operations. Members of the executive 
management team can attend and make 
presentations as appropriate at meetings  
of the Board. The Company Secretary is 
responsible to the Board for the timeliness  
and quality of information.

Details of the number of meetings of, and 
members’ attendance at, the Board, Audit, 
Remuneration and Nominations Committees 
during the period are set out in the table below.

Support 
Directors can obtain independent professional 
advice at the Company’s expense in 
performance of their duties as Directors. 
None of the Directors obtained independent 
professional advice in the period under review. 
All Directors have access to the advice and the 
services of the Company Secretary. In addition 
to these formal roles, the Non-Executive 
Directors have access to senior management 
of the business either by telephone or via 
involvement at informal meetings.

DIRECTORS’ CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
The Companies Act 2006 and the Company’s 
Articles of Association require the Board to 
consider any potential conflicts of interest. The 
Board has a policy and procedures for managing 
and, where appropriate, authorising actual or 

potential conflicts of interest. Under those 
procedures, Directors are required to declare 
all directorships or other appointments to 
organisations that are not part of the Group and 
which could result in actual or potential conflicts 
of interest, as well as other situations which 
could result in a potential conflict of interest. 

The Board is required to review Directors’ 
actual or potential conflicts of interest at least 
annually. Directors are required to disclose 
proposed new appointments to the Chairman 
before taking them on, to ensure that any 
potential conflicts of interest can be identified 
and addressed appropriately. Any potential 
conflicts of interest in relation to proposed 
Directors are considered by the Board prior to 
their appointment. In this financial year there 
have been no declared conflicts of interest.

BOARD EVALUATION 
This year the Board conducted an internal 
evaluation. Improvements have continued to be 
implemented throughout the year following last 
year’s evaluation. One of the areas highlighted 
for focus in the next financial year was for Board 
meetings to take place at different operational 
sites, to provide the Non-Executive Directors 
with a greater opportunity to meet employees 
and see the diverse nature of the Group’s 
operations first hand. An agenda for Board 
meetings has been set for the current year  
which incorporates these visits. The Board  
will undertake an externally facilitated 
evaluation in the financial year ending 2017.

The Chairman appraised the individual 
performance of the Directors and the Non-
Executives met and appraised the performance 
of the Chairman.

BOARD COMMITTEES
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee’s key function is to  
review the effectiveness of the Company’s 
financial reporting and performance of the 
external auditor.

Meetings Attendance

No. of meetings

Chris Holmes
Tim Davies
Neil Austin
Alistair Wannop
John Worby
Ian Wood**
Robert Heygate***

Board

Audit
Committee

Remuneration
Committee

Nominations
Committee

13
13
13
13
13
12
8

4
4
4
3
4
4
1

3
*                     2
*                     2
3
3
2
3

1
*                     1
*
*                     1
*
1
1
1
–

* part of the meetings by invitation
** attended all meetings since his appointment
*** attended all meetings up until his retirement

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016CORPORATE GOVERNANCEThe Audit Committee comprised of four Non-
Executive Directors: John Worby (Chairman), 
Chris Holmes, Robert Heygate (up until 30 April 
2016), Ian Wood (from 1 October 2015) and 
Alistair Wannop. The Board considers that the 
Committee meets the main requirements of the 
Code for a company of Carr’s size. The work, 
responsibilities and governance of the Audit 
Committee are set out on pages 28 to 29. The 
Chair of the Audit Committee will be available 
at the AGM to answer any shareholder questions 
on the Committee and its activities.

Remuneration Committee
During the year the Remuneration Committee 
comprised of Alistair Wannop (Chairman),  
Chris Holmes, Robert Heygate (up until 30 April 
2016), John Worby, and Ian Wood (from  
1 October 2015). The work, responsibilities and 
governance of the Remuneration Committee 
are set out on pages 30 to 35. The Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee will be available at 
the AGM to answer any shareholder questions 
on the Committee and its activities.

Nominations Committee
During the year the Nominations Committee 
comprised of Chris Holmes (Chairman), Alistair 
Wannop, Robert Heygate (up until 30 April 
2016), John Worby and Ian Wood (from  
1 October 2015). The work, responsibilities 
and governance of the Nominations Committee 
are set out on page 36. The Chair of the 
Nominations Committee will be available at the 
AGM to answer any shareholder questions on 
the Committee and its activities.

Relations with Shareholders
The Board recognises and values the 
importance of good communications with all 
shareholders. The Group maintains dialogue 
with institutional shareholders and analysts, 
and hosts presentations on the preliminary and 
interim results. Shareholders have access to the 
Company’s website at www.carrsgroup.com.

We engage with our shareholders through our 
regular communications. Significant matters 
relating to trading or development of the 
business are disseminated to the market by 
way of Stock Exchange announcements. We 
announce our financial results on a six monthly 
basis with all shareholders receiving a half year 
statement, and we produce trading updates 
during the year. All reports and updates are 
made available on our website.

The Annual General Meeting provides all 
shareholders with the opportunity to develop 
further their understanding of the Company. 
It is the principal forum for all the Directors 
to engage in dialogue with private investors. 
All shareholders are given the opportunity to 
raise questions on any matter at the meeting. 

The Group aims to send notices of Annual 
General Meetings to shareholders at least 20 
working days before the meeting, as required by 
the Code, and it is the Company’s practice to 
indicate the proxy voting results on all resolutions 
at the meetings. Following the AGM the voting 
results for each resolution are published and are 
available on the Company’s website.

FAIR, BALANCED AND UNDERSTANDABLE
The Directors have also reviewed the financial 
statements and taken as a whole consider 
them to be fair, balanced and understandable, 
and provide the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the Company’s 
performance, business model and strategy.

INTERNAL CONTROL
The Board of Directors has overall responsibility 
for the Group’s systems of internal control 
and for reviewing its effectiveness, including: 
financial, operational and compliance controls 
and risk management, which safeguard the 
shareholders’ investment and the Group’s 
assets. Such a system can only provide 
reasonable and not absolute assurance against 
material misstatement or loss, as it is designed 
to manage rather than eliminate the risk of 
failure to achieve business objectives.

The Board of Directors is not aware of any 
significant losses caused by breaches of internal 
control in the year.

The Group operates within a clearly defined 
organisational structure with established 
responsibilities, authorities and reporting lines 
to the Board. The organisational structure 
has been designed in order to plan, execute, 
monitor and control the Group’s objectives 
effectively and to ensure that internal control 
becomes embedded in the operations. The 
Board confirms that the key on-going processes 
and features of the Group’s internal risk based 
control system, which accord with the Turnbull 
guidance, have been fully operative throughout 
the year and up to the date of the Annual Report 
being approved. These include: a process to 
identify and evaluate business risk; a strong 
control environment; an information and 
communication process; a monitoring system 
and a regular Board review for effectiveness. 
The Group Finance Director is responsible for 
overseeing the Group’s internal controls. 

The Group’s internal controls systems cover 
controls over the financial reporting process, 
including monthly reporting from subsidiaries, 
its associate and joint ventures. This reporting is 
subject to detailed review by the Chief Executive 
and the Group Finance Director and detailed 
validation by the Group finance team, and 
forms the basis for information presented to and 

reviewed by the Board. All monthly reporting is 
prepared in line with Group accounting policies, 
which are reviewed annually and are also 
subject to review by the external auditors.

The management of the Group’s businesses 
identified the key business risks within their 
operations, considered the financial implications 
and assessed the effectiveness of the control 
processes in place to mitigate these risks. The 
Board reviewed a summary of the findings 
and this, along with direct involvement in 
the strategies of the businesses, investment 
appraisal and budgeting process, enabled the 
Board to report on the effectiveness of internal 
control. A summary of the risk management 
framework and key risks to the business are set 
out on pages 14 to 16.

COMPLIANCE WITH THE CODE
The Board considers that it complied with the 
Code throughout the year, with the exception  
of the following:

•  B.1.1 requires all Non-Executive Directors to 
serve for less than 9 years. Alistair Wannop 
commenced as a Non-Executive Director in 
2005 and therefore during the year he ceased 
to be deemed as independent in accordance 
with the Code. Alistair’s agricultural 
knowledge, expertise and work in some of the 
communities in which we operate has resulted 
in him making very valuable contributions to 
the Board over the last 9 years. The Board 
consider that notwithstanding his length of 
service, his professionalism and actions show 
him to be independent. 

•  B.1.1. The Board considered Bob Heygate 
to be independent during his time on the 
Board in the year, notwithstanding his long 
directorship and substantial shareholding. 
Bob Heygate’s wealth of knowledge of the 
flour milling industry has been valuable to 
the Board. Despite being on the Board for 
25 years, Bob continued to question with 
the impartiality expected of a Non-Executive 
Director. In addition, his shareholding aligns 
his interests with other shareholders.

By order of the Board

KATIE WOOD
Company Secretary
Carlisle
CA3 9BA
16 November 2016

27

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCEAUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

JOHN WORBY
CHAIRMAN OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE

INTRODUCTION
On behalf of the Audit Committee, I am 
pleased to present this report to shareholders. 
The purpose of the report is to highlight the 
areas that the Committee has reviewed and 
how we have discharged our responsibilities 
effectively during the year.

RESPONSIBILITIES
The key responsibility of the Committee is  
to provide effective governance over  
the appropriateness of the Company’s  
financial reporting. 

Under its terms of reference, the Committee is 
required, amongst other things, to:
•  monitor the integrity of the financial 

statements of the Company including the 
appropriateness of the accounting policies 
adopted and whether the Annual Report  
was fair, balanced and understandable; 

•  review, understand and evaluate the Company’s 
internal financial risk, and other internal 
controls and risk management systems; 
•  oversee the relationship with the external 
auditors, making recommendations to the 
Board in relation to their appointment, 
remuneration and terms of engagement; 
•  monitor and review the effectiveness of 
the external audit including the external 
auditors’ independence, objectivity and 
effectiveness and to approve the policy  
on the engagement of the external auditors 
to supply non-audit services; and

•  keep under review the requirement for  

and extent of internal audit activities in  
the Company.

The terms of reference can be found on the 
Company’s website www.carrsgroup.com.

28

MEETINGS
The Audit Committee met three times during 
the year, and has an agenda linked to the Group 
financial calendar. It invites the Chief Executive, 
Group Finance Director, Group Financial 
Controller and external auditors to attend its 
meetings. The Committee met with the external 
auditors at the conclusion of the audit without 
the Executive Directors being present.

The Committee has met once since the end  
of the financial year to consider the results  
and Annual Report for the year ended  
3 September 2016.

MAIN ACTIVITIES DURING THE YEAR
Set out below is a summary of the key areas 
considered by the Committee during the year 
and up to the date of this report.

FINANCIAL REPORTING
During the year the Audit Committee reviewed 
reports and information provided by both 
the Group Finance Director and the external 
auditors in respect of the half year and annual 
financial report.

During the year the Group also received and 
responded to a letter from the FRC in relation  
to the 2015 Annual Report and Accounts.  
All questions raised were discussed with  
the Committee and the response was approved 
by the Committee prior to submission. The  
FRC subsequently confirmed it was satisfied 
with the responses, which included clarifying 
some disclosures in the 2016 Annual Report 
and Accounts.

An important responsibility of the Audit 
Committee is to review and agree significant 
estimates and judgements made by 
management. To satisfy this responsibility, the 
Committee reviewed a written formal update 
from the Group Finance Director on such issues 

at the two meetings that reviewed the half year 
and year end results, as well as reports from 
the external auditors. The Committee carefully 
considered the content of these reports in 
evaluating the significant issues and area of 
judgement across the Group.

The key areas of judgement in the year were  
as follows:
•   The assumptions adopted for the accounting 

valuation of our defined benefit pension 
scheme. The Committee concluded that the 
assumptions used were appropriate;

•  Potential impairment of goodwill for historic 
acquisitions, especially in relation to Chirton 
Engineering given the continued issues 
in the oil and gas market. The Committee 
reviewed the assumptions used and the 
impact of sensitivities and agreed that no 
provision for impairment was required;

•  Provisioning policies in relation to accounts 
receivable, particularly in the Agriculture 
division. The Committee determined that the 
judgements made were appropriate to justify 
the provisions held at 3 September 2016;

•  Provisioning policies in relation to 

contractual disputes. The Committee 
determined that the judgements made were 
appropriate to justify the provisions held at  
3 September 2016;

•  The treatment of certain bid costs in the 
Engineering division in relation to a large 
contract win in the year. The Committee 
concluded it was satisfied with the 
accounting treatment;

•  Accounting treatment of the disposal of the 
Food division, and associated disclosures. 
The Committee concluded that the 
disclosures and accounting treatment were 
appropriate; and

•  Revenue recognition in the Engineering 
division, particularly in relation to part 
completed contracts at the year end.  
The Committee focussed on the recognition 

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016CORPORATE GOVERNANCEof revenue and profit or losses on long  
term contracts and agreed with 
management’s judgements.

The Committee, further to the Board’s request, 
has reviewed the annual report and financial 
statements with the intention of providing advice 
to the Board on whether, as required by the 
Code, ‘the annual report and accounts, taken as 
a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable 
and provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the company’s 
performance, business model and strategy’.

To make this assessment, the Committee 
reviewed a report prepared by the Group 
Finance Director outlining the key matters 
worthy of consideration. We also considered 
the KPIs included in the Strategic Report (see 
page 20) and concluded that, whilst they were 
appropriate for our shareholders’ understanding 
of the performance, position and future 
prospects of the business, there could be further 
inclusion of additional non-financial KPIs. In 
addition, the Committee also considered and 
was satisfied that all the key events and issues 
which have been reported to the Board in the 
CEO’s monthly report during the year, both good 
and bad, have been adequately referenced or 
reflected within the annual report.

The Committee has also reviewed the Group’s 
disclosures in relation to the Group’s going 
concern and viability statement disclosures.  
It received a written report prepared by the 
Group Finance Director which enabled it to 
review the base assumptions and various 
sensitised scenarios throughout the forecast 
period. The Committee was comfortable with  
the disclosures made.

INTERNAL CONTROL AND RISK MANAGEMENT
During the year the Committee reviewed the 
effectiveness of the Group’s internal control 
and risk management systems. 

The Committee reported to the Board that 
it had reviewed and was satisfied with the 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal 
control and risk management systems. During 
2016/17 the Group will aim to develop a more 
integrated risk and assurance framework as  
a further improvement to the internal control 
and risk management systems.

EXTERNAL AUDIT
The Audit Committee is responsible for 
recommendations for the appointment, 
reappointment or removal of external auditors 
and for approval of their remuneration. 

on the London Stock Exchange in 1972. 
The Audit Committee assesses annually the 
qualification, expertise and independence  
of the auditors and the effectiveness of the 
audit process.

Subject to the ongoing satisfactory 
performance of the external auditors, the 
Committee expects to carry out a tendering 
process for the 2019 year end following the 
conclusion of the five year term of the  
current audit partner. This will comply  
with the EU/FRC rotation requirements

Following approval by shareholders to re-
appoint PwC at last year’s AGM, the Audit 
Committee reviewed and approved the terms  
of engagement and remuneration of the 
external auditors.

AUDIT EFFECTIVENESS
The effectiveness of the external audit 
process is dependent on appropriate audit risk 
identification at the start of the audit cycle. 
PwC present their detailed audit plan to us 
each year identifying their assessment of  
these key risks.

Our assessment of the effectiveness and 
quality of the audit process and addressing 
these key risks is formed by, amongst other 
things, the reporting from the auditors and  
also seeking feedback from management  
on the audit process.

The Committee remain satisfied with PwC’s 
performance and is of the view that there is 
nothing of concern that would impact the 
effectiveness of the external audit process.

AUDITOR INDEPENDENCE
The Group meets its obligations for maintaining 
an appropriate relationship with the external 
auditors through the Audit Committee, whose 
terms of reference include an obligation to 
consider and keep under review the degree 
of work undertaken by the external auditor 
other than the statutory audit, to ensure such 
objectivity and independence is safeguarded.

In accordance with the Auditing Practices Board 
Ethical Standards, PwC has to implement rules 
and requirements which include that none of 
their employees working on our audit can hold 
any shares in Carr’s. PwC is also required to 
tell us about any significant facts and matters 
that may reasonably be thought to bear on their 
independence or on the objectivity of the lead 
partner and the audit team. The lead partner in 
the audit team must change every five years.

services does not impair, or is not perceived to 
impair, the external auditors’ independence or 
objectivity. The policy imposes guidance on the 
areas of work that the external auditors may 
be asked to undertake and those assignments 
where the external auditors should not be 
involved. There is a further category of services 
for which a case-by-case decision is necessary. 

In order to ensure that the policy is effective 
and the level of non-audit fees is kept under 
review, major work to be awarded to the audit 
firm must be agreed in advance by the Audit 
Committee Chairman. For the 2016 financial 
year end, the non-audit to audit services ratio 
was 0.4. Note 3 on page 58 provides further 
detail on non-audit service fees.

Previously, PwC had undertaken our tax 
compliance activities in addition to their role 
as auditors. Rule changes meant that this 
was no longer possible for our 2016 year end 
and beyond, so with effect from 1 September 
2016 PwC are no longer undertaking any 
tax compliance activities and the Group has 
appointed an alternative adviser.

Taking into account our findings in relation 
to the effectiveness of the audit process and 
in relation to the independence of PwC, the 
Committee is satisfied that PwC continues to 
be independent, and free from any conflicting 
interest with the Group. As a result, the 
Committee has recommended to the Board 
that PwC be proposed for reappointment at the 
forthcoming AGM in January 2017.

INTERNAL AUDIT
Consideration was given to whether there 
should be a formal internal audit function 
within the Group. The Committee agreed that 
in view of the absence of any significant control 
issues having arisen no such internal audit 
function was required. The Committee will 
keep this under review.

OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Committee also reviewed its terms of 
reference, its effectiveness, and the Group’s 
whistleblowing policy.

As Chairman of the Committee, I will be 
available at the Annual General Meeting to 
respond to any shareholder questions that  
might be raised on the Committee’s activities.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) and its 
predecessor firms have been the Auditor for 
Carr’s Group plc since the Company first listed 

The Audit Committee reviewed and approved 
the non-audit services policy, the objective of 
which is to ensure that the provision of such 

JOHN WORBY
Audit Committee Chairman
16 November 2016

29

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCEREMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT

“

As Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee  
I am pleased to present the 
Remuneration Committee’s 
annual report on Directors’ 
remuneration for the year  
to 3 September 2016. 

”

discussed. The Chairman and the Executive 
Directors determine the remuneration of the 
other Non-Executive Directors. The remuneration 
of the Chairman is determined by the Board. 
The Committee has access to advice from the 
Company Secretary and to detailed analysis 
of executive remuneration in comparable 
companies. The Chair of the Committee will be 
available at the AGM to answer any shareholder 
questions on the Committee and its activities.

CONSIDERATIONS WHEN DETERMINING 
REMUNERATION POLICY
The Group’s policy is that the overall 
remuneration package offered should be 
sufficiently competitive to attract, retain 
and motivate high quality executives and to 
align the rewards of the Executive Directors 
with the progress of the Group, whilst giving 
consideration to salary levels in similar size 
quoted companies in similar industry sectors.

The Committee is authorised by the Board to:
•  determine the total remuneration packages, 
authorise terms and conditions, and issue 
contracts for the Board;

•  approve the design and determine the targets 
for performance related pay schemes of the 
Executive Directors; and

•  review the design of any share incentive plans 
for approval by the Board and shareholders.

REMUNERATION POLICY
In this forward looking section we describe our 
remuneration policy for the Board. This includes 
considerations when determining policy,  
a description of the elements of the reward 
package, and an indication of the potential 
future value of this package for each  
Executive Director. 

There have been no changes to the policy during 
2015/16. From 2016/17, it is our intention 
to amend the policy in relation to pension 
contributions to enable the Group to pay cash in 
lieu of pension contributions following changes 
to the UK tax regime for pensions. In addition, 
the Executive Directors’ bonus will now include 
an element connected to strategic objectives 
as well as profit before tax. We will continue 
to review the policy each year to ensure it 
continues to support the Group’s strategy. 

The remuneration package is split into two parts:
•  a non-performance related element represented 

by basic salary (including benefits); and

•  a significant performance related element in 
the form of an annual profit related bonus 
and a Long Term Incentive Plan.

PERFORMANCE MEASURES AND TARGETS
Our Group strategy and business objectives are 
the primary consideration when we are selecting 
performance measures for incentive plans. 
Targets within incentive plans that are related  
to internal financial measures, such as 
profit, are typically determined based on our 
budgets. The threshold and maximum levels 
of performance are set to reflect minimum 
acceptable levels at threshold and very 
stretching but achievable levels at maximum. 
At the end of each performance period we 
review performance against the targets, using 
judgement to account for items such as 
foreign exchange rate movements, changes in 
accounting treatment, and significant one-off 
transactions. The application of judgement 
is important to ensure that final assessments 
of performance are fair and appropriate. In 
addition, the Remuneration Committee reviews 
the bonus and incentive plan results before any 
payments are made to Executive Directors or 
any shares vest and has full discretion to adjust 
the final payment or vesting downwards if they 
believe the circumstances warrant it.

ALISTAIR WANNOP
CHAIRMAN OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

INTRODUCTION
This report sets out the Group’s remuneration policy 
and details of remuneration paid to Executive  
and Non-Executive Directors during the year.

ROLE
The main role of the Remuneration Committee 
is to determine the remuneration for the 
Executive Directors, in agreement with 
the Board. The Committee is responsible 
for all aspects of the Executive Directors’ 
remuneration, including bonus and long term 
incentives, and makes recommendations 
regarding awarding long term incentives to 
senior management. It reviews the long term 
incentives to ensure they are aligned with the 
development of the Group and the business 
needs. The policy that has been adopted was 
created by taking into account the need to 
create shareholder value and therefore putting 
in place the appropriate incentives for the 
Executive Directors.

The Committee considered the following  
during the year:
•  total remuneration and review of base pay  

for the Directors;

•  annual earnings of the Directors, including 

the outcome of annual bonus plans; 
•  the LTIP for the Executive Directors and  

senior management; and

•  potential alternative arrangements for 

Directors following changes to tax rules in 
relation to pension contributions.

The Remuneration Committee currently 
comprises Alistair Wannop (Chairman), Chris 
Holmes, John Worby and Ian Wood. Neil 
Austin and Tim Davies attend meetings of the 
Committee by invitation and in an advisory 
capacity. No Director attends any part of a 
meeting at which his own remuneration is  

30

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016CORPORATE GOVERNANCEREMUNERATION POLICY TABLE

ELEMENT

Base salary

PURPOSE  
AND LINK  
TO STRATEGY

POLICY AND APPROACH

To attract and retain the 
best talent.

Salaries are reviewed annually and fixed for 12 months commencing  
1 September. The decision is influenced by:

level of skill, experience and scope of responsibilities of individual;

• 
•  business performance, economic climate and market conditions;
• 
•  external comparator groups (used for reference purposes only).

increases elsewhere in the Group; and

CHANGE 
OF POLICY 
VERSUS 
2015?

No.

OPPORTUNITY

Base salary 
increases are 
applied in 
line with the 
outcome of 
the annual 
review.

Pension

To remain competitive in 
the market place.

Executive Directors are entitled to participate in a defined contribution  
pension arrangement or to receive a cash alternative to those contributions.

15% of base 
salary.

Yes.

Company contributions are 15% of base salary.

Benefits

To aid retention and 
remain competitive in 
the market place.

These include permanent health insurance, private medical insurance 
and life assurance. Relocation benefits may also be provided in the case 
of recruitment of a new Executive Director.

Market rate 
determines 
value.

No.

Annual 
cash bonus

Designed to reward 
delivery of key strategic 
priorities during the year.

Bonus levels and appropriateness of performance measures and 
weighting are reviewed annually to ensure they continue to support 
our strategy. Performance is measured against stretching profit related 
targets and achievement of strategic objectives, and is usually paid in 
November each year for performance in the previous financial year.  
The bonuses payable are capped at a maximum of 100% of base salary.

Yes.

Maximum of 
100% of base 
salary.

Save As 
You Earn 
(SAYE)

To encourage employee 
involvement and 
encourage greater 
shareholder alignment.

Long Term 
Incentive 
Plan (LTIP)

To motivate and 
incentivise delivery of 
sustained performance 
over the longer term, 
and to support and 
encourage greater 
shareholder alignment.

A SAYE scheme is available to eligible staff, including Executive 
Directors. Currently there is a 3 year and a 5 year scheme in operation.

N/A

No.

Award levels and vesting are reviewed annually to ensure they continue  
to support the Group’s strategy. Awards are capped at the equivalent  
of 100% of base salary at the date of award.

Maximum of 
100% of base 
salary.

No.

Three awards remain unvested: one maturing in 2016, one in 2017  
and one in 2018. The awards vest based on three year performance 
periods. A minimum average annual growth in adjusted EPS of 3%  
is required to vest 25%, with a sliding scale up to 100% vesting at  
an annual average growth of 10%.

31

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCEREMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

CHAIRMAN AND NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS 
REMUNERATION
Our policy is for the Executive Directors to 
review the remuneration of Non-Executive 
Directors annually following consultation with 
the Chairman. Remuneration reflects:
•  the time commitment and responsibility of 

their roles;

•  market rate; and
•  that they do not participate in any bonus, 

pension or share based scheme.

Non-Executive Directors are engaged on one 
year fixed-term letters of appointment that set 
out their duties and responsibilities.

SHAREHOLDING GUIDELINES
The Committee believes that it is important for 
a significant investment to be made by each 
Executive Director in the shares of the company 
to provide alignment with shareholder interests. 
Executive Directors are required to build up 
a shareholding equivalent to 200% of base 
salary over a five year period. This guideline was 
introduced in 2015.

APPROACH TO RECRUITMENT REMUNERATION
The remuneration package for a new Executive 
Director would be set in accordance with the 
terms of the Company’s approved remuneration 
policy in force at the time of appointment.

Buy-out awards
In addition, the Committee may offer additional 
cash and/or share-based elements (on a one-
time basis or ongoing) when it considers these 
to be in the best interests of the Group (and 
therefore shareholders). Any such payments 
would be limited to a reasonable estimate of 
value of remuneration lost when leaving the 
former employer and would reflect the delivery 
mechanism (i.e. cash and/or share-based), time 
horizons and whether performance requirements 
are attached to that remuneration. 

Maximum level of variable pay
The maximum initial level of long-term 
incentives which may be awarded to a new 
Executive Director will be limited to the 
maximum Long Term Incentive Plan limit of 
100% of base salary. Therefore the maximum 
initial level of overall variable pay that may be 
offered will be 200% of base salary (i.e. 100% 
annual bonus plus 100% Long Term Incentive 
Plan). These limits are in addition to the value 

of any buy-out arrangements which are governed 
by the policy above.

In the case of an internal appointment, any 
variable pay element awarded in respect of the 
prior role would be allowed to pay out according 
to its terms, adjusted as relevant to take into 
account the appointment. In addition, any 
other previously awarded entitlements would 
continue, and be disclosed in the next annual 
report on remuneration.

Base salary and relocation expenses
The Committee has the flexibility to set the 
salary of a new appointment at a discount to the 
market level initially, with a series of planned 
increases implemented over the following few 
years to bring the salary to the appropriate 
market position, subject to individual 
performance in the role.

For external and internal appointments, the 
Committee may agree that the Group will meet 
certain relocation expenses as appropriate.

Appointment of Non-Executive Directors
For the appointment of a new Chairman or 
Non-Executive Director, the fee arrangement 
would be set in accordance with the approved 
remuneration policy in force at that time. 

ESTIMATES OF TOTAL FUTURE POTENTIAL REMUNERATION FROM 2017 PAY PACKAGES
The tables below provide estimates of the potential future remuneration of each Executive 
Director based on the remuneration opportunity granted in the 2017 financial year.  
Potential outcomes based on different scenarios are provided for each Executive Director.

The assumptions underlying each scenario are described below.

Fixed

Consists of base salary, pension and other benefits.
Base salaries are as at 1 September 2016.
Benefits are valued using the figures in the total remuneration for the  
2016 financial year table, adjusted for any benefits that will not be provided 
during 2017. 
Pensions are valued by applying the appropriate percentage to the base salary.

Tim Davies
Neil Austin

Base 
£’000

267
197

Benefits 
£’000

Pension 
£’000

1
1

40
30

Total 
£’000

308
228

On target

Based on what a Director would receive if performance was in line with plan 
and the threshold level was achieved under the LTIP.

Maximum

Assumes that the full stretch target for the LTIP are achieved, and maximum 
performance is obtained under the annual bonus scheme.

32

800

600

400

200

0

Tim Davies, Chief Executive Officer

Total:
£842,000

267

267

Total:
£492,000
67

Total:
£308,000

117

308

308

308

Fixed

On target

Maximum

Neil Austin, Group Finance Director 

800

600

400

200

0

Total:
£364,000
49

87

228

Total:
£228,000

228

Total:
£622,000

197

197

228

Fixed

On target

Maximum

 LTIP 

 Annual bonus 

 Salary and benefits

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016CORPORATE GOVERNANCE        
SERVICE CONTRACTS AND LETTERS  
OF APPOINTMENT
The Group’s current policy is not to enter into 
employment contracts with any element of 
notice period in excess of one year. Dates of 
service contracts and first appointment to the 
Board for all Directors are given opposite.

For early termination, the Remuneration 
Committee will consider circumstances, 
including any duty to mitigate, and determine 
any compensation payments accordingly.
Copies of Executive Directors’ service contracts 
and Non-Executive Directors’ letters of 
appointment are available for inspection at 
the Company’s registered office during normal 
hours of business and will be available at the 
Company’s AGM.

ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION
Remuneration Committee
In this section we give details of the composition 
of the Remuneration Committee and activities 
undertaken during the 2016 financial year. 

2016 AGM
The 2015 remuneration report received a 
99.52% vote in favour, with 0.48% against. 

Shareholder contact
No shareholders have contacted the 
Remuneration Committee during the year  
to share views regarding remuneration.

Executive Directors
Tim Davies
Neil Austin

Non-Executive Directors
Chris Holmes
Alistair Wannop
John Worby
Ian Wood

Date of service contract/
letter of appointment

Date first appointed
to the Board

18 October 2012
1 January 2013

1 March 2013
1 May 2013

15 September 2016 
15 September 2016 
15 September 2016 
15 September 2016

7 January 1992
1 September 2005
1 April 2015
1 October 2015

The performance period for the 2013 LTIP 
awards has completed, and the awards vested  
at 37.45% on the expiry of the three year 
period, which was on 14 November 2016. 
Therefore, the share price used to value the 
awards in the table below has been taken as  
the average price in the final quarter of the 
2015/16 financial year.

2016 Remuneration (Audited Information)
In this section we summarise the pay packages 
awarded to our Executive Directors for 
performance in the 2016 financial year versus 
2015. The table below shows all remuneration 
that was earned by each individual during the 
year and includes a single total remuneration 
figure for the year. The value of the annual 
bonus was earned in the year but will be paid 
out as cash in the following financial year.

The Remuneration Committee reviews all 
incentive awards prior to payment and has full 
discretion to reduce awards if it believes this 
is appropriate. The Committee did not exercise 
any discretion in determining the annual bonus 
payout for this year.

 Salary/Fees

 Benefits

 Bonus

 LTIP

 Pension

 Total

2016
£’000

2015
£’000

2016
£’000

2015
£’000

2016
£’000

2015
£’000

2016
£’000

2015
£’000

2016
£’000

2015
£’000

2016
£’000

2015
£’000

Executive Directors
Tim Davies
Neil Austin

Non-Executive Directors
Chris Holmes
Alistair Wannop
John Worby
Ian Wood2
Robert Heygate

264 
195

261
193

1
1

77
37
37
34
24

77
36
15
                   —
3                  36

—
—
 1                 —
—
—

35
1

—
—
—
—
—

145
107

261
193

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

81
60

—
—
—
—
—

315
233

—
—
—
—
—

40
29

—
—
—
—
—

39
29

—
—
—
—
—

531
392

911
649

77
37
37
34
24

77
36
15
—
36

1 

2 

3 

Represents a 5 month period – pro rata would be £36,000

Represents an 11 month period – pro rata would be £37,000

Represents an 8 month period – pro rata would be £37,000

33

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

2016 ANNUAL BONUS PAYOUT
The annual bonus is payable based on adjusted 
profit before tax (PBT) performance of different 
parts of the Group, and an element payable 
based on total Group performance. If the Group 
target is achieved, regardless of individual 
divisional performance, then the maximum 
bonus is payable. 

LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN AWARDS DURING 
THE YEAR
The 2016 long-term awards were made  
in line with the remuneration policy as  
disclosed in our 2015 remuneration report.  
The performance conditions are based on 
annual average growth in adjusted EPS over  
a three year period.

Agriculture
Food
Engineering
Group

20%
20%
20%
40%

Average annual growth %
3
10

% vesting
25
100

ALL EMPLOYEE SHARE PLANS
The Executive Directors are also eligible to 
participate in the UK all-employee plans.

The Carr’s Group Sharesave Scheme 2016 is  
a HM Revenue & Customs (“HMRC”) approved 
scheme open to all staff permanently employed 
in a UK Group company as of the eligibility 
date. Options under the plan are granted at 
a 20% discount to market value. Executive 
Directors’ participation is included in the option 
table later in this report.

Nothing is payable below 3%, and a sliding scale 
operates between this and the maximum available.

Adjusted PBT is calculated as reported PBT 
after adding back or deducting any one-off 
items outside of normal trading that were not 
anticipated at the time the performance targets 
were set, such as acquisition related costs.

In the 2016 financial year the adjusted PBT 
target for the Group was set at £18.4m for 
maximum pay-out. The target for maximum 
pay-out was not reached, and accumulating 
divisional performance versus targets and the 
Group performance versus the target equated  
to a total pay-out of 55%.

TEN YEAR HISTORICAL TSR PERFORMANCE

500

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

34

/

6
0
8
0
1
3

/

/

6
0
1
1
0
3

/

/

7
0
2
0
8
2

/

/

7
0
5
0
1
3

/

/

7
0
8
0
1
3

/

/

7
0
1
1
0
3

/

/

8
0
2
0
9
2

/

/

8
0
5
0
1
3

/

/

8
0
8
0
1
3

/

/

8
0
1
1
0
3

/

/

9
0
2
0
8
2

/

/

9
0
5
0
1
3

/

/

9
0
8
0
1
3

/

/

9
0
1
1
0
3

/

/

0
1
2
0
8
2

/

/

0
1
5
0
1
3

/

/

0
1
8
0
1
3

/

/

0
1
1
1
0
3

/

/

1
1
2
0
8
2

/

 Carr’s Group plc   
Source: Thomson Datastream

 FTSE All-Share Price Index

/

1
1
5
0
1
3

/

/

1
1
8
0
1
3

/

/

1
1
1
1
0
3

/

/

2
1
2
0
9
2

/

/

2
1
5
0
1
3

/

/

2
1
8
0
1
3

/

/

2
1
1
1
0
3

/

/

3
1
2
0
8
2

/

/

3
1
5
0
1
3

/

/

3
1
8
0
1
3

/

/

3
1
1
1
0
3

/

/

4
1
2
0
8
2

/

/

4
1
5
0
1
3

/

/

4
1
8
0
1
3

/

/

4
1
1
1
0
3

/

/

5
1
2
0
8
2

/

/

5
1
5
0
1
3

/

/

5
1
8
0
1
3

/

/

5
1
1
1
0
3

/

/

6
1
2
0
9
2

/

/

6
1
5
0
1
3

/

/

6
1
8
0
1
3

/

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016CORPORATE GOVERNANCEDIRECTORS’ INTERESTS IN THE SHARES  
OF THE COMPANY (AUDITED INFORMATION)
A summary of interests in shares and  
scheme interests as at 3 September 2016,  
of the Directors who served during the year  
is given opposite.

PERFORMANCE SHARES (AUDITED INFORMATION)
The maximum number of outstanding shares 
that have been awarded to Directors under the 
LTIP are currently as follows:

ASSESSING PAY AND PERFORMANCE
In the table opposite we summarise the Chief 
Executive’s single remuneration figure over  
the past 5 years, as well as how variable  
pay plans have paid out in relation to the 
maximum opportunity.

Total number 
of interests in 
shares

Vested 
LTIP

Unvested 
LTIP

SAYE (unvested 
without performance 
conditions)

20,000
20,000

247,131
182,874

344,174
254,692

5,328
8,881

1,230,000
22,610
25,000
1,000
452,250

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

Executive Directors
Tim Davies
Neil Austin

Non-Executive Directors
Chris Holmes
Alistair Wannop
John Worby
Ian Wood
Bob Heygate

2013/14 award

2014/15 award

2015/16 award

Tim Davies
Neil Austin

152,260
112,670

163,360
120,890

180,814
133,802

Single figure of total remuneration
Annual variable element (actual award
  versus maximum opportunity)
Long-term incentive (vesting versus
  maximum opportunity)

2012
Chris 
Holmes
£’000

2013
Tim
Davies
£’000

2014
Tim
Davies
£’000

2015
Tim
Davies
£’000

2016
Tim
Davies
£’000

573

2831

559

911

531

100%

100%

100%

100%

55%

N/A

N/A

N/A

100%

37.45%

1 Represents a 6 month period – pro rata would be £566,000

CHANGE IN CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REMUNERATION
In the table opposite we show the percentage 
change in the Chief Executive’s remuneration 
between 2015 and 2016 financial years 
compared to the other UK employees.

Base pay
Benefits
Annual bonus

RELATIVE SPEND ON PAY
The table shows the relative importance  
of spend on pay compared to distributions  
to shareholders.

By order of the Board

Employee costs
Dividends paid to shareholders

2016
£’000

38,390
3,347

Tim Davies  Other UK employees

1%
0%
-45%

2015
£’000

39,148
3,110

1%
0%
-39%

% change

-1.9%
7.6%

ALISTAIR WANNOP 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
16 November 2016

35

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCENOMINATIONS COMMITTEE REPORT

BOARD SUCCESSION PLANNING
Ian Wood joined the Board on 1 October 2015. 
The appointment was made after conclusion of 
a process which included using independent 
external search consultants. Biographical details 
are set out on page 21.

The Chair of the Nominations Committee will 
attend the Annual General Meeting to respond 
to any shareholder questions that might be 
raised on the Committee’s activities.

On behalf of the Board

CHRIS HOLMES DL
Chair of the Nominations Committee
16 November 2016

At the end of April 2016 one Board member, 
Bob Heygate, resigned following 25 years 
of service to the Board. Bob Heygate had 
previously been the Chairman of the Audit 
Committee, which he relinquished for this 
financial year, enabling John Worby to take  
over that role. Biographical details can be  
found on page 21. 

As a result of the succession planning over the 
last two years, the Board’s size has increased to 
4 Non-Executive Directors from 3 Non-Executive 
Directors. The number of Executive Directors 
remains unchanged. 

RE-ELECTION
At the Annual General Meeting on 10 January 
2017 all the Directors will stand for re-election 
in accordance with best practice under the UK 
Corporate Governance Code 2014.

The Board has set out in the Notice of Annual 
General Meeting its reasons for supporting the 
re-election of the Directors at the forthcoming 
Annual General Meeting. Their biographical 
details on page 21 demonstrate the range of 
experience and skills which each brings to the 
benefit of the Company.

CHRIS HOLMES
CHAIR OF THE NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE

DEAR SHAREHOLDER
This year the Committee continued to focus on 
Board succession plans and the outcomes are 
set out in this report.

COMPOSITION AND CONSTITUTION
The Nominations Committee comprises the 
Chairman of the Company and all the Non-
Executive Directors. 

ROLE OF THE COMMITTEE
The Committee meets at least once a year.  
It reviews the structure, size and composition 
of the Board and considers the optimal level of 
independence and diversity of skills, knowledge, 
experience and gender required for the Board 
to operate effectively. It is responsible for 
considering and making recommendations to 
the Board on new appointments of Executive 
and Non-Executive Directors. It also gives due 
consideration to succession planning throughout 
the Group, taking into account the challenge 
and opportunities facing the Group and the 
skills and expertise needed within the Board  
and senior management in the future.

ACTIVITIES OF THE COMMITTEE
The Committee met on two occasions in the year 
to consider the following matters:
•  the Committee’s Terms of Reference to ensure 

they reflect the Committee’s remit; 
•  the succession plans in place for senior 
management across the Group; and

•  the structure, size, composition and diversity 

of both the Board and its Committees.

36

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016CORPORATE GOVERNANCEDIRECTORS’ REPORT

THE DIRECTORS SUBMIT THEIR REPORT AND THE AUDITED ACCOUNTS  
OF THE COMPANY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 3 SEPTEMBER 2016.

The Company is a public limited company 
incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales 
whose shares are listed and traded on the London 
Stock Exchange. The address of its registered 
office is Old Croft, Stanwix, Carlisle, CA3 9BA.

RESULTS AND DIVIDENDS
A review of the results can be found on pages 
18 to 19.

First Interim dividend per
  share paid on 13 May 2016
Second Interim dividend per
  share paid on 7 October 2016
Final dividend per share 
  proposed

2016 2015

0.950p

0.925p

0.950p

0.925p

1.9p

1.85p

Subject to approval at the Annual General Meeting, 
the final dividend will be paid on 13 January 
2017 to members on the register at the close  
of business on 16 December 2016. Shares  
will be ex-dividend on 15 December 2016.

The Group profit from continuing activities 
before taxation was £14.1m (2015: £13.7m). 
After taxation charge of £2.9m (2015: £3.0m), 
the profit from continuing operations for the 
year is £11.2m (2015: £10.7m).  

Future developments of the Group have  
been discussed in the Strategic Report on 
pages 8 to 13.  

PENSIONS
Estimates of the amount and timing of future 
funding obligations for the Group’s pension 
plans are based on various assumptions 
including, among other things, the actual and 
projected market performance of the pension 
plan assets, future long-term corporate bond 
yields, longevity of members and statutory 
requirements. The Group continued to make 
monthly payments to reduce the Group’s 
pension fund deficit, totalling £0.8m in the 
year, which ended on 31 December 2015.

The Group continually reviews this risk and 
takes action to mitigate where possible. In 
addition, while the Group is consulted by the 
Trustees on the investment strategies of its 
pension plans, the Group has no direct control 
over these matters as the Trustees are directly 
responsible for the strategy.

Details of the Group’s pension plans are in note  
25 in the Notes to the Financial Statements.

EMPLOYMENT POLICIES AND EMPLOYEES
The Company is committed to its employees 
and further details on the Company’s policies 
and commitment can be found in the Corporate 
Responsibility Report on pages 22 to 24.

ENVIRONMENT
The Company’s report on sustainability 
including carbon footprint and energy usage  
is on pages 23 to 24.

POLITICAL AND CHARITABLE DONATIONS
During the year ended 3 September 2016 the 
Group contributed £32,175 (2015: £43,920) 
in the UK for charitable purposes. Further 
details have been included with the Corporate 
Responsibility statement on pages 22 to 24.  
There were no political donations during the 
year (2015: £Nil).

SHARE CAPITAL
The Company has a single class of share  
capital which is divided into Ordinary Shares  
of £0.025 each. The movement in the share 
capital during the year is detailed in note 26  
to the financial statements.

At the last Annual General Meeting the Directors 
received authority from the shareholders to:

Allot Shares – this gives Directors the authority 
to allot authorised but unissued shares and 
maintains the flexibility in respect of the 
Company’s financing arrangements. The 
nominal value of ordinary shares which the 
Directors may allot in the period up to the  
next Annual General Meeting to be held on  
10 January 2017, is limited to £741,020.61 
which is equal to 33 percent of the nominal 
value of the issued share capital on 11 November 
2015. The Directors do not have any present 
intention of exercising this authority other  
than in connection with the issue of ordinary 
shares in respect of the Company’s share  
option plans. This authority will expire at the 
end of the Annual General Meeting to be held 
on 10 January 2017.

37

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCEDIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

Disapplication of rights of pre-emption – this 
disapplies rights of pre-emption on the allotment 
of shares by the Company and the sale by the 
Company of treasury shares. The authority will 
allow the Directors to allot equity securities for 
cash pursuant to the authority to allot shares 
mentioned above, and to sell treasury shares for 
cash, on a pro rata basis to existing shareholders 
(but subject to any exclusion or arrangements 
as the Directors consider necessary or expedient 
in relation to fractional entitlements, any legal, 
regulatory or practical problems or costs under 
the laws or regulations of any overseas territory 
or the requirements of any regulatory body or 
stock exchange) and otherwise on a pro rata 
basis up to an aggregate nominal amount  
of £112,275.85, representing 5 percent  
of the Company’s issued share capital as at  
11 November 2015. This authority will expire  
at the end of the Annual General Meeting to  
be held on 10 January 2017.

To buy own shares – this authority allows the 
Company to buy its own shares in the market, 
as permitted under the Articles of Association 
of the Company, up to a limit of 10 per cent of 
the Company’s issued share capital. The price 
to be paid for any share must not be less than 
0.25p, being the nominal value of a share, and 
must not exceed 105 percent of the average 
middle market quotations for the ordinary shares 
of the Company as derived from the London 
Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the 5 
business days immediately preceding the day on 
which the ordinary shares are purchased. The 
Directors have no immediate plans to exercise 
the powers of the Company to purchase its own 
shares and undertaken that the authority would 
only be exercised if the Directors were satisfied 
that a purchase would result in an increase in 
expected earnings per share and was in the 
best interests of the Company at the time. This 
authority will expire at the end of the Annual 
General Meeting to be held on 10 January 
2017. The Directors would consider holding  
any of its own shares that it purchases pursuant 
to this authority as treasury shares.

The interests of the Directors, as defined by  
the Companies Act 2006, in the ordinary shares 
of the Company, other than in respect of options 
to acquire ordinary shares (which are detailed  
in the analysis of options included in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages  
30 to 35), are as follows:

Interest of the Directors

T J Davies
N Austin
C N C Holmes
A G M Wannop
J G Worby
I Wood

All the above interests are beneficial.

All the above interests are beneficial.  
The following transactions took place after  
3 September 2016: I. Wood acquiring 9,000 
shares on 12 September; T. Davies exercising 
options over 190,110 and selling 89,896 
shares; N. Austin exercising options over 
140,680 and selling 66,559 shares, on  
5 September 2016. 

TREASURY SHARES
To enable vesting of the Group’s long term 
incentive plan, on 14 November 2016 
178,027 ordinary 2.5 pence shares were  
held in treasury.

RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS ATTACHING TO SHARES
In a general meeting of the Company, subject to 
the provisions of the Articles of Association and 
to any special rights or restrictions as to voting 
attached to any class of shares in the Company 
(of which they are none), the holders of the 
Ordinary Shares are entitled to one vote in a 
poll for every Ordinary Share held. No member 
shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting 
or class meeting in respect of any shares held if 
any call or other sum then payable in respect of 
that share remains unpaid. Currently all issued 
shares are fully paid.

At 3 September 2016
Ordinary 
Shares

At 29 August 2015
Ordinary 
Shares

20,000
20,000
1,230,000
22,610
25,000
1,000

20,000
20,000
1,252,500
22,610
25,000
—

Full details of the deadlines for exercising  
voting rights in respect of the resolutions to  
be considered at the Annual General Meeting  
to be held on 10 January 2017 are set out  
in the Notice of Annual General Meeting.

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act 
2006, the Company may, by ordinary resolution, 
declare a dividend to be paid to the members, 
but no dividend shall exceed the amount 
recommended by the Board. The Board may 
pay interim dividends, and also any fixed rate 
dividend, whenever the financial position of the 
Company, in the opinion of the Board, justifies 
its payment. All dividends shall be apportioned 
and paid pro rata according to the amounts  
paid up on the shares.

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS
The Company is aware of the following interests 
at 14 November 2016 in the 91,377,291 
ordinary shares of the Company, as required  
by the Companies Act 2006:

Major Shareholders

Number of shares

% of issued share 
capital

Heygate & Sons Limited
T W G Charlton
Goldman Sachs Securities (Nominees) Ltd (ILSEG)
Rathbone Nominees Limited
HSBC Global Custody Nominee (UK) Limited (928488)

12,652,870
4,550,000
3,746,500
3,240,650
2,968,940

13.85
4.98
4.10
3.55
3.25

38

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016CORPORATE GOVERNANCERESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT
Each of the Directors, whose names and 
functions are listed on page 21 confirm that,  
to the best of their knowledge:

•  the Group financial statements, which have 
been prepared in accordance with IFRSs  
as adopted by the EU, give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial 
position and profit of the Group; 

•  the Chief Executive’s Review includes a fair 
review of the development and performance 
of the business and the position of the  
Group; and

•  the Risk management review provides 
a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that the Company faces.

By order of the Board

KATIE WOOD
Company Secretary
16 November 2016

CHANGE OF CONTROL
There are no agreements that the Company 
considers significant and to which the  
Company is party that would take effect,  
alter or terminate upon change of control  
of the Company following a takeover bid,  
other than the following:

•  The Company is party to a number of  

banking agreements which upon a change  
of control of the Company are terminable  
by the bank immediately.

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES
The Directors are responsible for preparing the 
Annual Report, the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report and the financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations.

RESPONSIBILITY FOR PREPARING  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Company law requires the Directors to prepare 
financial statements for each financial period. 
Under that law the Directors have to prepared 
the Group and parent Company financial 
statements in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as 
adopted by the European Union. Under 
company law the Directors must not approve the 
financial statements unless they are satisfied 
that they give a true and fair view of the state  
of affairs of the Group and the Company and  
of the profit or loss of the Group for that period. 
In preparing those financial statements, the 
Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then 

apply them consistently;

The Directors are responsible for keeping 
adequate accounting records that are  
sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position  
of the Company and of the Group and enable 
them to ensure that the financial statements 
and Directors’ Remuneration Report comply 
with the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards 
the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the 
IAS Regulation. They are also responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the Company and  
the Group and hence for taking reasonable  
steps for the prevention and detection of fraud 
and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the Company 
website. Legislation in the United Kingdom 
governing the preparation and dissemination  
of financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.

The Directors consider that the annual  
report and accounts, taken as a whole is fair, 
balanced and understandable and provides  
the information necessary for shareholders  
to assess a company’s performance, business 
model and strategy. 

DIRECTORS’ STATEMENT AS TO DISCLOSURE OF 
INFORMATION TO AUDITORS
The Directors who were members of the Board 
at the time of approving the Directors’ Report 
are listed on page 21. Having made enquiries  
of fellow Directors each of these Directors,  
at the date of this report, confirms that:

•  make judgements and accounting estimates 

•  he is aware there is no relevant audit 

that are reasonable and prudent;

•  state whether applicable IFRSs as adopted 
by the European Union have been followed, 
subject to any material departures disclosed 
and explained in the financial statements;

•  prepare the financial statements on the  

going concern basis, unless it is inappropriate 
to presume that the Company will continue 
in business.

information of which the Company’s auditors 
are unaware; and 

•  he has taken all the steps that he ought to 
have taken as a Director in order to make 
himself aware of any relevant audit information 
and to establish that the Company’s auditors 
are aware of that information.

39

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCEINDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF CARR’S GROUP PLC

REPORT ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Our opinion
In our opinion:
•  Carr’s Group plc’s Group financial statements 

and Company financial statements (the 
“financial statements”) give a true and fair 
view of the state of the Group’s and of the 
Company’s affairs as at 3 September 2016 
and of the Group’s profit and the Group’s  
and the Company’s cash flows for the year 
then ended;

•  the Group financial statements have been 
properly prepared in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards 
(“IFRSs”) as adopted by the European Union;
•  the Company financial statements have been 
properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs 
as adopted by the European Union and as 
applied in accordance with the provisions of 
the Companies Act 2006; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared 
in accordance with the requirements of  
the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards  
the Group financial statements, Article 4  
of the IAS Regulation.

What we have audited
The financial statements, included within the 
Annual Report and Accounts (the “Annual 
Report”), comprise:
•  the Consolidated and Company Balance 

Sheets as at 3 September 2016;

•  the Consolidated Income Statement and the 
Consolidated and Company Statements of 
Comprehensive Income for the year  
then ended;

•  the Consolidated and Company Statements  

of Cash Flows for the year then ended;

•  the Consolidated and Company Statements  
of Changes in Equity for the year then ended;

•  the accounting policies; and
•  the notes to the financial statements, which 

include other explanatory information.

Certain required disclosures have been 
presented elsewhere in the Annual Report, 
rather than in the notes to the financial 
statements. These are cross-referenced from  
the financial statements and are identified  
as audited.

The financial reporting framework that has 
been applied in the preparation of the financial 
statements is IFRSs as adopted by the European 
Union and, as regards the company financial 
statements, as applied in accordance with the 
provisions of the Companies Act 2006, and 
applicable law.

OUR AUDIT APPROACH

Overview

Materiality

•   Overall Group materiality: £845,000 which represents slightly below 5% of profit before tax from 

continuing and discontinued operations.

Audit scope

Area of 
focus

•  We identified six reporting units within the Agriculture, Food and Engineering divisions alongside 
the Company, which in our view required an audit of their complete financial information. Four of 
these reporting units were deemed financially significant and the other  
three were selected for particular risk characteristics, which included coverage of the risks relating 
to pension assumptions, fraud in revenue recognition, and of the profit from the associate.
•  Specific audit procedures on certain balances and transactions were performed on two further 
reporting units based in the UK, in order to gain coverage of individually material financial 
statement line items.

•  Goodwill impairment in Chirton Engineering
•  Defined benefit pension scheme surplus
•  Receivable provisioning
•  Disposal of the Food division
•  Fraud risk in revenue recognition

The scope of our audit and our areas of focus
We conducted our audit in accordance with 
International Standards on Auditing (UK and 
Ireland) (“ISAs (UK & Ireland)”).

We designed our audit by determining 
materiality and assessing the risks of material 
misstatement in the financial statements. In 
particular, we looked at where the Directors 
made subjective judgements, for example in 
respect of significant accounting estimates that 
involved making assumptions and considering 

future events that are inherently uncertain.  
As in all of our audits we also addressed the risk 
of management override of internal controls, 
including evaluating whether there was evidence 
of bias by the directors that represented a risk  
of material misstatement due to fraud. 

The risks of material misstatement that had 
the greatest effect on our audit, including 
the allocation of our resources and effort, are 
identified as “areas of focus” in the table below. 

We have also set out how we tailored our audit 
to address these specific areas in order to 
provide an opinion on the financial statements 
as a whole, and any comments we make on the 
results of our procedures should be read in this 
context. This is not a complete list of all risks 
identified by our audit. 

40

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTSAREA OF FOCUS

HOW OUR AUDIT ADDRESSED THE AREA OF FOCUS

Goodwill impairment in Chirton Engineering
Refer also to the significant judgements, key assumptions and 
estimates within the principal accounting policies and note 10.

The Group has a material goodwill balance in respect of the 
acquisition in 2014 of Chirton Engineering. The downturn in 
the oil and gas market has adversely affected the expected 
performance of this business giving rise to an increased risk  
of impairment. The Directors’ assessment of the ‘value in use’ 
of the Cash Generating Unit involves judgements about the 
future results of the business and the discount rates applied  
to future cash flow forecasts.

Defined benefit pension scheme surplus
Refer also to the significant judgements, key assumptions and 
estimates within the principal accounting policies and note 25.

The Group has a defined benefit pension scheme with 
post-retirement assets of £73.7m and post-retirement 
liabilities of £73.4m. The valuation of the Group surplus 
is sensitive to changes in key assumptions such as the 
discount rate, inflation and mortality estimates. The setting 
of these assumptions is complex and an area of judgement. 
Changes in any of these assumptions could lead to a material 
movement in the net surplus.

We reviewed the composition of future cash flows to ensure that all relevant 
elements were included or excluded as appropriate. We compared current 
year actual results with the FY16 figures included in the prior year forecast 
to assess the accuracy of management’s historic forecasts. We challenged 
management’s assumptions within the forecasts for short and mid-term growth 
by comparing to the previous performance of the business and understanding 
and validating the measures implemented by management to achieve this 
growth. We considered the suitability of the discount rate by assessing the 
cost of capital for the company and comparable businesses. We assessed 
the sensitivity analysis performed by management and determined that the 
calculations were most sensitive to the assumptions regarding profits in the 
terminal period. We reviewed the adequacy of the disclosures given in note 10 
in respect of the impairment assessment performed by management.

We tested the membership census data used in the valuation of the scheme 
to payroll information. We benchmarked and performed sensitivity analysis 
on key variables in the valuation model including salary increases, mortality 
rates, inflation and discount rates. We obtained third party confirmations 
over ownership and valuation of pension scheme assets. We ensured that the 
Company is entitled to recognise any surplus by examining the Trust Deed  
and Rules documentation.

Receivable provisioning
Refer also to the significant judgements, key assumptions and 
estimates within the principal accounting policies and note 19.

Within the Agriculture division there are material amounts  
of trade receivables that are past due and there has historically 
been a slower collection pattern within this division. 
Management’s provisions in respect of these amounts are  
an area of subjectivity with respect to the recoverability  
of balances.

We understood management’s receivables provisioning policy and tested 
the accuracy of the aging of balances in order to recalculate management’s 
provision. We analysed the provision to identify significant balances for which 
the methodology had not been applied and understood and validated any such 
exceptions. We performed testing over the operating effectiveness of controls with  
respect to approval of credit limits and monthly reviews of the receivables ledger. 
For individually significant aged receivables balances, we understood the rationale 
for management’s provision by considering historic payment patterns and other 
supporting information. We tested the levels of cash received after the year end  
on overdue receivables balances to assess the adequacy of the provision made.

Disposal of the Food division
The sale of the Food division on 3 September 2016 represented 
a significant transaction in the year and triggered disclosure 
requirements to present discontinued operations. We focussed 
on ensuring the completeness and accuracy of these disclosures. 
As the sale took place on the last day of the financial year, we 
also considered cut-off to be a relevant risk.

Fraud risk in revenue recognition 
Refer also to the significant judgements, key assumptions and 
estimates within the principal accounting policies. 
ISAs (UK & Ireland) presume there is a risk of fraud in revenue 
recognition. We have determined this to apply specifically 
to the occurrence of revenue in all divisions because of the 
pressure management may feel to achieve the planned results. 
Within the Agriculture and Food division this is specifically 
in relation to whether a sale has occurred and within the 
Engineering division this is in relation to the judgements 
involved in long term contract accounting.

We reviewed the disclosures presented for discontinued operations and 
ensured that these only related to the Food division. We reviewed the sale 
documentation to ensure that the disposal took place before year end. We 
performed testing over the profit from discontinued operations line by testing 
the revenue and expenses of the division prior to disposal and the profit on 
disposal calculation.

Our testing of revenue transactions focused on demonstrating a service had  
been provided or a sale had occurred. 

For the Agriculture and Food divisions this involved testing the operating 
effectiveness of controls around dispatches and invoicing in certain components, 
as well as substantively testing that revenue agreed to accounts receivable and 
cash received. Where revenue did not directly agree to accounts receivable or 
cash further work was performed to understand and substantively test those 
transactions. From the work we performed no material exceptions were noted. 

For the Engineering division we focused on the judgements required to 
account for long term contracts. This involved reading extracts of the related 
contracts in order to understand the nature of services provided. We also 
evaluated management’s assessment of the stage of completion of significant 
contracts through performing a look back test to assess management’s previous 
estimations as well as on a sample basis agreeing the inputs into the calculation 
of the revenue to supporting documentation and reperforming the calculation. 

From the work we performed no material exceptions were noted. 

41

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF CARR’S GROUP PLC CONTINUED

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that 
we performed enough work to be able to give an 
opinion on the financial statements as a whole, 
taking into account the geographic structure of 
the Group, the accounting processes and controls, 
and the industry in which the Group operates. 

The Group is structured in two business divisions, 
Agriculture and Engineering. The Food division 
is a discontinued operation within the year. The 
Group financial statements are a consolidation 
of 14 reporting units, comprising the Group’s 
operating businesses within these business 
divisions. The Group operates mainly in the  
UK but has a global presence particularly  
in the USA and Germany.

Within the Agriculture division significant 
operations include subsidiaries Carrs Billington 
Agriculture (Sales) Ltd and Carrs Agriculture 
Ltd as well as an associate Carrs Billington 
Agriculture (Operations) Ltd all located within 
the UK. Animal Feed Supplement, Inc is also a 
significant operation located in the USA. Within 
Food the only operation was Carr’s Flour Mills Ltd, 
located in the UK, this was disposed of within 
the year. Finally within the Engineering division 
Wälischmiller Engineering GmbH, located in 
Germany, is the largest contributor to profit  
before tax.

The Group also has centralised functions such  
as a treasury function and a payroll function 
which includes the pension scheme 
administration, all performed by the Company.

The Senior Statutory Auditor visited six of the 
nine reporting units located in both the UK and 
in the USA. For another two he attended the 
clearance meeting. The final reporting unit was 
audited by another firm operating under our 
instruction and the clearance meeting was 
attended by conference call by a senior member 
of the audit team.

These 9 reporting units accounted for 100%  
of revenue and 89% of PBT.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by 
our application of materiality. We set certain 
quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, 
together with qualitative considerations, helped 
us to determine the scope of our audit and the 
nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures 
on the individual financial statement line items 
and disclosures and in evaluating the effect  
of misstatements, both individually and on  
the financial statements as a whole. Based  
on our professional judgement, we determined 
materiality for the financial statements as a  
whole as follows:

As noted in the Directors’ statement, the 
Directors have concluded that it is appropriate 
to adopt the going concern basis in preparing 
the financial statements. The going concern 
basis presumes that the Group and Company 
have adequate resources to remain in operation, 
and that the Directors intend them to do so, 
for at least one year from the date the financial 
statements were signed. As part of our audit we 
have concluded that the Directors’ use of the 
going concern basis is appropriate. However, 
because not all future events or conditions 
can be predicted, these statements are not a 
guarantee as to the Group’s and Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern.

Overall Group 
materiality

£845,000 (2015: £875,000).

How we 
determined it

5% of profit before tax from continuing and discontinued operations based  
on preliminary numbers.

Rationale for 
benchmark 
applied

We believe that profit before tax is the primary measure used by the 
shareholders in assessing the performance of the Group, and is a generally 
accepted auditing benchmark.

Reporting unit 
materiality

For each component in our audit scope, we allocated a materiality that is less 
than our overall group materiality. The range of materiality allocated across 
components was between £300,000 and £800,000. Certain components 
were audited to a local statutory audit materiality that was also less than our 
overall group materiality.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we 
would report to them misstatements identified 
during our audit above £42,000 (2015: 
£44,000) as well as misstatements below  
that amount that, in our view, warranted 
reporting for qualitative reasons.

Going concern
Under the Listing Rules we are required to 
review the Directors’ statement, set out on 
page 17, in relation to going concern. We have 
nothing to report having performed our review. 

Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are required 
to report to you if we have anything material 
to add or to draw attention to in relation to 
the directors’ statement about whether they 
considered it appropriate to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the financial 
statements. We have nothing material to  
add or to draw attention to. 

OTHER REQUIRED REPORTING
Consistency of other information

Companies Act 2006 reporting
In our opinion:
•  the information given in the Strategic Report 
and the Directors’ Report for the financial year 
for which the financial statements are prepared 
is consistent with the financial statements.

In our opinion:
•  the information given in the Corporate 

Governance Statement set out on pages 25  
to 27 with respect to internal control and  
risk management systems and about share 
capital structures is consistent with the 
financial statements.

42

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
  
 
 
ISAs (UK & Ireland) reporting
Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  information in the Annual Report is:
−  materially inconsistent with the information in the audited financial statements; or
−  apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, our knowledge of the Group and Company 

We have no 
exceptions to  
report.

acquired in the course of performing our audit; or

−  otherwise misleading.

•  the statement given by the directors on page 27, in accordance with provision C.1.1 of the UK Corporate Governance Code  
(the “Code”), that they consider the Annual Report taken as a whole to be fair, balanced and understandable and provides  
the information necessary for members to assess the Group’s and Company’s position and performance, business model and 
strategy is materially inconsistent with our knowledge of the Group and Company acquired in the course of performing our audit.

We have no 
exceptions to  
report.

•  the section of the Annual Report on pages 28 and 29, as required by provision C.3.8 of the Code, describing the work  

of the Audit Committee does not appropriately address matters communicated by us to the Audit Committee.

We have no 
exceptions to  
report.

The Directors’ assessment of the prospects of the Group and of the principal risks that would threaten the solvency or liquidity of the Group
Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are required to report to you if we have anything material to add or to draw attention to in relation to:

•  the Directors’ confirmation on pages 14 to 16 of the Annual Report, in accordance with provision C.2.1 of the Code,  
that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Group, including those that would  
threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity.

We have nothing 
material to add or to 
draw attention to.

•  the disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those risks and explain how they are being managed or mitigated.

•  the Directors’ explanation on page 17 of the Annual Report, in accordance with provision C.2.2 of the Code, as to  

how they have assessed the prospects of the Group, over what period they have done so and why they consider that  
period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will  
be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including  
any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

We have nothing 
material to add or to 
draw attention to.

We have nothing 
material to add or to 
draw attention to.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to 
review the Directors’ statement that they have 
carried out a robust assessment of the principal 
risks facing the Group and the Directors’ 
statement in relation to the longer-term viability 
of the Group. Our review was substantially less 
in scope than an audit and only consisted of 

making inquiries and considering the Directors’ 
process supporting their statements; checking 
that the statements are in alignment with the 
relevant provisions of the Code; and considering 
whether the statements are consistent with  
the knowledge acquired by us in the course  
of performing our audit. 

We have nothing to report having performed  
our review.

43

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTSINDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF CARR’S GROUP PLC CONTINUED

Adequacy of accounting records and information 
and explanations received
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required 
to report to you if, in our opinion:
•  we have not received all the information and 

explanations we require for our audit; or
•  adequate accounting records have not been 
kept by the Company, or returns adequate 
for our audit have not been received from 
branches not visited by us; or

•  the Company financial statements and the 
part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
to be audited are not in agreement with the 
accounting records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from 
this responsibility.

Directors’ remuneration
Directors’ remuneration report – Companies Act 
2006 opinion
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report to be audited has been 
properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006.

Other Companies Act 2006 reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required 
to report to you if, in our opinion, certain 
disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified 
by law are not made. We have no exceptions  
to report arising from this responsibility. 

Corporate governance statement
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required 
to report to you if, in our opinion, a corporate 
governance statement has not been prepared  
by the Company. We have no exceptions to 
report arising from this responsibility. 

Under the Listing Rules we are required to 
review the part of the Corporate Governance 
Statement relating to ten further provisions  
of the Code. We have nothing to report having 
performed our review. 

RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS AND THE AUDIT
Our responsibilities and those of the Directors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ 
Responsibilities set out on page 39, the 
Directors are responsible for the preparation  
of the financial statements and for being 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view.

Our responsibility is to audit and express 
an opinion on the financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and ISAs  
(UK & Ireland). Those standards require us  
to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s 
Ethical Standards for Auditors.

This report, including the opinions, has been 
prepared for and only for the Company’s 
members as a body in accordance with Chapter 
3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and 
for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these 
opinions, accept or assume responsibility for  
any other purpose or to any other person to 
whom this report is shown or into whose hands 
it may come save where expressly agreed by  
our prior consent in writing.

What an audit of financial statements involves
An audit involves obtaining evidence about 
the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements sufficient to give reasonable 
assurance that the financial statements are free 
from material misstatement, whether caused by 
fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: 
•  whether the accounting policies are 

appropriate to the Group’s and the Company’s 
circumstances and have been consistently 
applied and adequately disclosed; 

•  the reasonableness of significant accounting 

estimates made by the Directors;  
and the overall presentation of the  
financial statements. 

We primarily focus our work in these areas 
by assessing the Directors’ judgements 
against available evidence, forming our own 
judgements, and evaluating the disclosures  
in the financial statements.

We test and examine information, using 
sampling and other auditing techniques, to 
the extent we consider necessary to provide a 
reasonable basis for us to draw conclusions. 
We obtain audit evidence through testing the 
effectiveness of controls, substantive procedures 
or a combination of both. 

In addition, we read all the financial and 
non-financial information in the Annual Report 
to identify material inconsistencies with the 
audited financial statements and to identify 
any information that is apparently materially 
incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent 
with, the knowledge acquired by us in the 
course of performing the audit. If we become 
aware of any apparent material misstatements 
or inconsistencies we consider the implications 
for our report.

BILL MACLEOD (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
Newcastle upon Tyne
16 November 2016

44

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 3 SEPTEMBER 2016

Continuing operations 
Revenue 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 
Distribution costs 
Administrative expenses 

Group operating profit 
Finance income 
Finance costs 
Share of post-tax profit in associate 
Share of post-tax profit in joint ventures 

Profit before taxation 
Taxation 

Profit for the year from continuing operations 

Discontinued operations 
Profit for the year from discontinued operations 

Profit for the year 

Profit attributable to 
Equity shareholders 
Non-controlling interests 

Basic earnings per ordinary share (pence) 
Profit from continuing operations 
Profit from discontinued operations 

Diluted earnings per ordinary share (pence) 
Profit from continuing operations 
Profit from discontinued operations 

2016 
£’000 

314,907 
(273,712) 

41,195 
(15,975) 
(12,450) 

12,770 
236 
(1,009) 
1,239 
842 

14,078 
(2,907) 

(Restated)
2015
£’000

331,285
(288,553)

42,732
(15,580)
(15,062)

12,090
338
(1,045)
1,500
807

13,690
(3,010)

11,171 

10,680

2,817 

3,013

13,988 

13,693 

12,455 
1,533 

13,988 

10.7 
3.1 

13.8 

10.5 
3.0 

13.5 

11,989 
1,704

13,693

10.0
3.4

13.4

9.7
3.2

12.9

Notes 

2 

3 
5 
5 

2 
6 

7 

9 

9 

45

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANY STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME  
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 3 SEPTEMBER 2016

Profit for the year 

13,988 

13,693 

26,362 

Notes 

Group 

2016 
£’000 

2015 
£’000 

Company

2016 
£’000 

Other comprehensive income/(expense)

Items that may be reclassified subsequently 
  to profit or loss:
Foreign exchange translation gains/(losses)  
  arising on translation of overseas subsidiaries 
Net investment hedges 
Taxation charge on net investment hedges 

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently 
  to profit or loss:
Actuarial (losses)/gains on retirement benefit obligation:
 – Group 
 – Share of associate 
Taxation credit/(charge) on actuarial (losses)/gains  
 on retirement benefit obligation:
 – Group 
 – Share of associate 

25 

17 

Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year, 
  net of tax 

2015
£’000

2,870

—
—
—

2,860 
687 
(137) 

(249) 
338 
(69) 

— 
— 
— 

(2,725) 
(1,216) 

(2,848) 
70 

(2,725) 
— 

(2,848)
—

490 
205 

164 

570 
(14) 

490 
— 

570
—

(2,202) 

(2,235) 

(2,278)

Total comprehensive income for the year 

14,152 

11,491 

24,127 

Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Equity shareholders 
Non-controlling interests 

12,619 
1,533 

14,152 

9,787 
1,704 

11,491 

24,127 
— 

24,127 

592

592
—

592

46

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANY BALANCE SHEETS
AS AT 3 SEPTEMBER 2016

Group 

Company

Notes 

10 
10 
11 
12 
13,16 
13,14 
13,15 
13 

19 
25 
17 

18 
19 
20 

24 
21 

23 
24 
22 

23 
17 
22 

26 

Assets
Non-current assets 
Goodwill 
Other intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Investment property 
Investment in subsidiary undertakings 
Investment in associate 
Interest in joint ventures 
Other investments 
Financial assets 
– Non-current receivables 
Retirement benefit asset 
Deferred tax assets 

Current assets
Inventories  
Trade and other receivables  
Current tax assets 
Financial assets 
– Derivative financial instruments 
– Cash and cash equivalents  

Total assets  

Liabilities
Current liabilities
Financial liabilities 
– Borrowings 
– Derivative financial instruments 
Trade and other payables 
Current tax liabilities 

Non-current liabilities
Financial liabilities
– Borrowings 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Other non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets  

Shareholders’ equity
Share capital  
Share premium  
Treasury share reserve 
Equity compensation reserve 
Foreign exchange reserve 
Other reserve  
Retained earnings  

Total shareholders’ equity 
Non-controlling interests 

Total equity 

2016 
£’000 

11,440 
286 
35,811 
182 
— 
8,667 
6,257 
72 

50 
311 
— 

(Restated)
2015 
£’000 

10,849 
448 
58,385 
636 
— 
8,439 
5,012 
79 

50 
1,767 
861 

63,076 

86,526 

33,423 
56,940 
303 

— 
48,411 

35,031 
64,454 
839 

50 
20,052 

139,077 

120,426 

202,153 

206,952 

(21,642) 
(20) 
(46,823) 
(470) 

(18,721) 
(72) 
(54,496) 
(472) 

(68,955) 

(73,761) 

2016 
£’000 

2015
£’000

— 
— 
— 
— 
11,478 
245 
272 
— 

17,486 
311 
2 

29,794 

— 
18,831 
922 

— 
37,945 

57,698 

87,492 

(5,974) 
— 
(2,214) 
— 

(8,188) 

—
—
— 
—
12,205
245
272
—

—
1,767
3

14,492

—
36,845
1,564

30
8,973

47,412

61,904

(690)
—
(1,915)
—

(2,605)

(18,625) 
(1,817) 
(2,668) 

(25,744) 
(4,184) 
(4,300) 

(15,889) 
(56) 
— 

(16,414)
(353)
—

(23,110) 

(34,228) 

(15,945) 

(16,767)

(92,065) 

(107,989) 

(24,133) 

(19,372)

110,088 

98,963 

63,359 

42,532

2,280 
9,111 
(8) 
706 
2,895 
207 
81,540 

96,731 
13,357 

110,088 

2,244 
8,615 
— 
1,138 
(515) 
862 
74,706 

87,050 
11,913 

98,963 

2,280 
9,111 
(8) 
759 
— 
— 
51,217 

63,359 
— 

63,359 

2,244
8,615
—
1,239
—
—
30,434

42,532
—

42,532

47

The financial statements set out on pages 45 to 93 were approved by the Board on 16 November 2016 and signed on its behalf by:

Tim J Davies 

Neil Austin

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 3 SEPTEMBER 2016

Share 
Capital 
£’000 

Share 
Premium 
£’000 

At 31 August 2014  

2,235 

8,453 

Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive  
  income/(expense) 

Total comprehensive 
  income 
Dividends paid 
Equity settled share- 
  based payment  
  transactions, net of tax 
Allotment of shares 
Transfer 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
9 
— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
162 
— 

At 29 August 2015  

2,244 

8,615 

At 30 August 2015  

2,244 

8,615 

Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive  
  income/(expense) 

Total comprehensive  
  income 
Dividends paid 
Equity settled share- 
  based payment  
  transactions, net of tax 
Allotment of shares 
Purchase of own shares
  held in trust 
Dissolution of 
  dormant subsidiaries 
Transfer 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
36 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
496 

— 

— 
— 

At 3 September 2016 

2,280 

9,111 

Treasury 

Equity 
Share Compensation 
Reserve  
£’000 

Reserve 
£’000 

Foreign 
Exchange 
Reserve 
£’000 

Total 

Non-

Other   Retained Shareholders’  controlling  
Interests 
£’000 

Earnings 
£’000 

Equity 
£’000 

Reserve 
£’000 

Total
Equity
£’000

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

(12) 

— 
4 

(8) 

640 

(535) 

875 

67,996 

79,664 

10,163 

89,827

— 

— 

— 
— 

498 
— 
— 

— 

20 

20 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 

11,989 

11,989 

1,704 

13,693

— 

(2,222) 

(2,202) 

— 

(2,202)

— 
— 

9,767 
(3,110) 

9,787 
(3,110) 

1,704 
— 

11,491
(3,110)

— 
— 
(13) 

40 
— 
13 

538 
171 
— 

46 
— 
— 

584
171
—

1,138 

(515) 

862 

74,706 

87,050 

11,913 

98,963

1,138 

(515) 

862 

74,706 

87,050 

11,913 

98,963

— 

— 

— 
— 

(432) 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

3,410  

3,410 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
(655) 

12,455 

12,455 

1,533 

13,988

(3,246) 

164 

— 

164 

9,209 
(3,347) 

12,619 
(3,347) 

1,533 
— 

14,152 
(3,347)

321 
— 

— 

— 
651 

(111) 
532 

(12) 

15 
— 

— 

— 
— 

(104) 
— 

(96)
532

(12)

(104)
—

706 

2,895 

207 

81,540 

96,731 

13,357 

110,088

The equity compensation reserve reflects the cumulative accounting impact, at the balance sheet date, of the fair value of the share schemes 
over the vesting periods. The movement on the equity compensation reserve is taken through the consolidated income statement. During the year 
£264,000 (2015: £40,000) was transferred from the equity compensation reserve to retained earnings in respect of options exercised in the year 
and £57,000 was also transferred on the disposal of Carr’s Flour Mills Ltd.

The Group has opted to use previous revaluations of property made under UK GAAP as deemed cost. On adoption of IFRS the revaluation reserve  
was reclassified to other reserves.

During the year £642,000 (2015: £nil) was transferred from other reserves to retained earnings in respect of previous revaluations of property  
owned by Carr’s Flour Mills Ltd, a subsidiary undertaking which was sold during the year.

An adjustment of £104,000 (2015: £nil) has been made to remove balances in respect of dormant subsidiaries dissolved in the year from  
non-controlling interests.

48

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 3 SEPTEMBER 2016

At 31 August 2014 

Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive expense 

Total comprehensive income 
Dividends paid 
Equity settled share-based payment 
  transactions, net of tax 
Allotment of shares 

At 29 August 2015 

At 30 August 2015 

Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive expense 

Total comprehensive income 
Dividends paid 
Equity settled share-based payment  
  transactions, net of tax 
Allotment of shares 
Purchase of own shares held in trust 
Transfer 

Share 
Capital 
£’000 

Share 
Premium 
£’000 

2,235 

8,453 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
9 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
162 

2,224 

8,615 

2,244 

8,615 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
36 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
496 
— 
— 

At 3 September 2016 

2,280 

9,111 

Treasury 
Share 
Reserve 
£’000 

Equity 
Compensation 
Reserve  
£’000 

Retained 
Earnings 
£’000 

Total
Equity
£’000

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
(12) 
4 

(8) 

699 

32,956 

44,343

— 
— 

— 
— 

540 
— 

2,870 
(2,278) 

592 
(3,110) 

(4) 
— 

2,870
(2,278)

592
(3,110)

536
171

1,239 

30,434 

42,532

1,239 

30,434 

42,532

— 
— 

— 
— 

(480) 
— 
— 
— 

26,362 
(2,235) 

24,127 
(3,347) 

7 
— 
— 
(4) 

26,362
(2,235)

24,127
(3,347)

(473)
532
(12)
—

759 

51,217 

63,359

The equity compensation reserve reflects the cumulative accounting impact, at the balance sheet date, of the fair value of the share schemes over 
the vesting periods. The movement on the equity compensation reserve is taken through the income statement where it relates to employees of the 
Company and to investment in subsidiaries where it relates to employees of the subsidiaries. During the year £7,000 (2015: £4,000) was transferred 
from the equity compensation reserve to retained earnings and £321,000 (2015: £45,000) was transferred from the equity compensation reserve to 
investment in subsidiaries in respect of options exercised in the year.

49

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANY STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 3 SEPTEMBER 2016

Group 

Company

Notes 

29 

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from/(used in) continuing operations 
Interest received 
Interest paid 
Tax (paid)/recovered 

Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities 
  in continuing operations 
Net cash generated from operating activities in 
  discontinued operations 

Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of subsidiaries (net of overdraft/cash acquired) 
Disposal of subsidiary, net of costs (including cash disposed) 
Dividends received from subsidiaries 
Net receipt/(payment) of loans to subsidiaries 
Return of investment in joint venture 
Dividend received from joint venture 
Loans to joint ventures 
Loan repaid by associate 
Other loans 
Purchase of intangible assets 
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment  
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
Purchase of own shares held in trust  
Redemption of preference shares in joint venture 

13 

Net cash generated from/(used in) investing activities 
  in continuing operations 
Net cash used in investing activities in discontinued operations   

2016 
£’000 

6,257 
155 
(673) 
(1,098) 

4,641 

5,477 

10,118 

(1,258) 
23,922 
— 
— 
— 
113 
2,332 
500 
(20) 
(62) 
349 
(5,788) 
(12) 
150 

20,226 
(449) 

2015 
£’000 

9,120 
194 
(685) 
(3,853) 

4,776 

5,200 

9,976 

(1,749) 
— 
— 
— 
488 
— 
129 
500 
220 
(15) 
436 
(4,621) 
— 
150 

(4,462) 
(1,323) 

Net cash generated from/(used in) investing activities 

19,777 

(5,785) 

28,002 

Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issue of ordinary share capital  
Net proceeds from loans from subsidiaries 
Net proceeds/(costs) from issue of new bank loans 
Finance lease principal repayments 
Repayment of loan from related party 
Repayment of borrowings 
Decrease in other borrowings 
Dividends paid to shareholders 
Receipt of grant income 

26 

8 

Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities in  
  continuing operations 
Net cash used in financing activities in discontinued operations  

Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities 

Effects of exchange rate changes 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year  

21 

21 

532 
— 
153 
(925) 
(500) 
(1,614) 
(192) 
(3,347) 
— 

(5,893) 
(1,408) 

(7,301) 

918 

23,512 
16,275 

39,787 

171 
— 
9,061 
(990) 
(500) 
(4,880) 
(3,638) 
(3,110) 
200 

(3,686) 
(1,105) 

(4,791) 

(150) 

(750) 
17,025 

16,275 

532 
5,368 
(15) 
— 
— 
(550) 
— 
(3,347) 
— 

1,988 
— 

1,988 

47 

28,972 
8,973 

37,945 

50

2016 
£’000 

(2,299) 
877 
(420) 
777 

2015
£’000

(2,915)
884
(359)
(92)

(1,065) 

(2,482)

— 

—

(1,065) 

(2,482)

— 
6,685 
4,802 
14,259 
— 
— 
1,768 
500 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(12) 
— 

28,002 
— 

—
—
4,200
(2,602)
—
—
—
500
—
—
—
—
—
—

2,098 
—

2,098

171 
—
4,854
—
—
(1,383)
—
(3,110)
—

532
—

532

3

151
8,822

8,973

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF ACCOUNTING
The consolidated and Company financial statements are prepared on a 
going concern basis in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRSs) and International Financial Reporting Standards 
Interpretation Committee (IFRS IC) interpretations endorsed by the 
European Union (EU) and with those parts of the Companies Act 2006 
applicable to companies reporting under IFRS.

The Company is a public limited company incorporated and  
domiciled in England and Wales whose shares are listed and traded  
on the London Stock Exchange. The address of its registered office  
is Old Croft, Stanwix, Carlisle, CA3 9BA.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally 
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at 
the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues 
and expenses during the reporting year. Although these estimates are 
based on management’s best knowledge of the amount, event or actions, 
actual results ultimately may differ materially from the estimates.

Accounting policies have been applied consistently, other than where  
new policies have been adopted.

The consolidated and Company financial statements are prepared under 
the historic cost convention as modified by the revaluation of financial 
assets and financial liabilities (including derivative financial instruments) 
at fair value through profit or loss.

The prior year consolidated income statement has been restated for the 
reclassification to interest income of the net interest on the net defined 
benefit retirement asset previously recognised within operating profit. 
Comparatives at 29 August 2015 have been restated by £141,000, 
increasing finance income and reducing operating profit with no  
impact to profit before tax.

The prior year balance sheet has been restated for the grossing up 
of cash and cash equivalents and bank overdrafts, included within 
current borrowings, for accounts with right of offset within the same 
banking facility. Comparatives at 29 August 2015 have been restated 
by £3,564,000, increasing both cash and cash equivalents and current 
borrowings with no impact to net assets.

The accounting policies for the Group and Company are as follows:

BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION
The consolidated financial statements comprise Carr’s Group plc 
and all its subsidiaries, together with the Group’s share of the results 
of its associate and joint ventures. The financial information of the 
subsidiaries, associate and joint ventures is prepared as of the same 
reporting date and consolidated using consistent accounting policies. 
Group inter-company balances and transactions, including any unrealised 
profits arising from Group inter-company transactions, are eliminated 
in full. Profits and losses on transactions with the associate and joint 
ventures are recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Results of subsidiary undertakings acquired or disposed of during the current 
and prior financial year were included in the financial statements from 
the effective date of control or up to the date of cessation of control. The 
separable net assets, both tangible and intangible, of the acquired subsidiary 
undertakings were incorporated into the financial statements on the basis  
of the fair value as at the effective date of the Group acquiring control.

IFRS 10 introduced a new definition of control which could affect whether an 
entity is consolidated into the Group accounts. An investor controls an investee 
when it is exposed, or has right, to variable returns from its involvement  
with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its  
power over the investee. Control requires power over the investee, exposure,  
or rights, to variable returns and the ability to use power to affect returns.

Subsidiaries are entities that meet the new definition of control.  
Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is 
transferred to the Group and are included until the date on which  
the Group ceases to control them. 

Associates are entities over which the Group has significant influence 
but not control, generally accompanied by a share of between 20% and 
50% of the voting rights. Joint ventures are entities over which the Group 
has joint control, established by contractual agreement. Investments in 
associates and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method. 
The Group’s share of its associate and joint ventures’ post-tax profits or 
losses are recognised in the income statement, and its share of movement 
in reserves is recognised in reserves. The cumulative movements are 
adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. The Group’s 
investment in associate and joint ventures includes any goodwill arising on 
acquisition. If the Group’s share of losses in an associate or joint venture 
equals or exceeds its investment in the associate or joint venture, the 
Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations 
or made payments on behalf of the associate or joint venture. 

All subsidiaries are accounted for by applying the purchase method.  
The cost of a business combination is measured as the aggregate of 
the fair values, at the acquisition date, of the assets given, liabilities 
incurred or assumed, and equity instruments issued by the Group. The 
identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree 
are measured initially at fair value at the acquisition date, irrespective of 
the extent of any non-controlling interest. The excess of the cost of the 
business combination over the Group’s interest in the net fair value of 
the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities is recognised 
as goodwill.

Acquisition related costs are expensed to the consolidated income 
statement in the year they are incurred.

The Group applies a policy of treating transactions with non-controlling 
interests as transactions with parties external to the Group.

EMPLOYEE SHARE TRUST
IFRS 10 requires that the Group consolidate a structured entity where 
the substance of the relationship between the parties indicates that 
the Group controls the entity. The employee share trust sponsored by 
the Group falls within this category of structured entity and has been 
accounted for as if it were, in substance, a subsidiary.

CURRENCY TRANSLATION
The financial statements for the Group’s subsidiaries, associate and joint 
ventures are prepared using their functional currency. The functional 
currency is the currency of the primary economic environment in which 
an entity operates. The presentation currency of the Group and Company 
is Sterling.

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency 
using exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Exchange 
differences resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the 
translation, at exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet date, of monetary 
assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional 
currency are recognised in the consolidated income statement.

The balance sheets of foreign operations are translated into sterling using 
the exchange rate at the balance sheet date and the income statements 
are translated into sterling using the average exchange rate for the year. 
Where this average is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative 
effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, the exchange rate on 
the transaction date is used. Exchange differences arising are recognised 
as a separate component of shareholders’ equity. On disposal of a foreign 
operation any cumulative exchange differences held in shareholders’ equity 
are transferred to the consolidated income statement.

51

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTSPRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED

REVENUE RECOGNITION
Revenue from the sale of goods or services is measured at the fair 
value of the consideration, net of rebates and excluding value added 
tax. Revenue from the sale of goods or services is recognised when the 
Group has transferred the significant risks and rewards of ownership of 
the goods to the buyer, when the amount of revenue can be measured 
reliably and when it is probable that the economic benefits associated 
with the transaction will flow to the Group. Inter segmental transactions 
are on an arm’s length basis. 

In respect of construction contracts, revenue is calculated on the basis  
of the stage of completion and the total sales value of each contract.

The stage of completion is determined as the proportion that contract 
costs incurred for work performed to date bear to the total estimated total 
contract costs. No profit is recognised until a contract is at least 30% 
complete. Amounts invoiced for work completed are deducted from the 
selling price, while amounts invoiced in excess of work completed are 
recognised as current liabilities.

Where it is probable that contract costs will exceed total contract revenue 
the expected loss is recognised immediately as an expense in the 
consolidated income statement.

RETIREMENT BENEFIT ASSET/OBLIGATIONS
The Group offers various pension schemes to employees including a 
defined benefit pension scheme and several defined contribution schemes.

The assets of the Group’s pension schemes are held separately from those 
of the Group and are invested with independent investment managers.

Contributions to defined contribution schemes are charged to the 
consolidated income statement in the year to which they relate.

Carr’s Group Pension Scheme (defined benefit section)
The asset recognised in the consolidated and Company balance sheet 
at the year end is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at 
the balance sheet date less the fair value of scheme assets. Independent 
actuaries calculate the defined benefit asset annually using the projected 
unit credit method. The present value of the defined benefit obligation 
is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using 
interest rates of high-quality corporate bonds that are denominated in 
the currency in which the benefits will be paid, and that have terms to 
maturity approximating to the terms of the related pension liability.

The service costs, including pension scheme administrative costs are 
included in operating profit in the consolidated income statement.

A credit is made within interest which represents a net interest amount 
that is calculated by applying the discount rate at the beginning of the 
year to the net defined benefit asset at the beginning of the year. The net 
interest amount also takes into account changes to the net asset during 
the year. 

Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and 
changes in actuarial assumptions are recognised in the consolidated 
and Company statement of comprehensive income. The pension scheme 
deficit or surplus, to the extent that they are considered recoverable,  
are recognised in full on the consolidated balance sheet.

IFRIC 14 confirms that where a company has an unconditional right to a 
refund of surplus from a defined benefit pension plan during the lifetime 
of that plan or when it winds it up, and where there is expected to be 
surplus assets, there is no limit on the asset the Company can show 
on its balance sheet. At 3 September 2016 and 29 August 2015 the 
consolidated and Company balance sheet recognises the full surplus  
on the Carr’s Group defined benefit pension scheme.

52

Carrs Billington Agriculture Pension Scheme
One of the Group’s subsidiaries is a participating employer in the Carrs 
Billington Agriculture Pension Scheme, which is a multi-employer defined 
benefit pension scheme. Note 25 provides further information on this 
scheme and how it has been accounted for in the consolidated accounts.

SHARE BASED PAYMENTS
The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain 
employees. Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair 
value at the date of the grant. The fair value determined at the grant date 
of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line 
basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of shares 
that will eventually vest.

Fair value is measured by use of a valuation model. The expected life 
used in the model has been adjusted, based on management’s best 
estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and 
behavioural considerations.

At each balance sheet date the Group revises its estimate of the  
number of options that are expected to vest. Changes to the fair value 
recognised as a result of this are charged or credited to the consolidated 
income statement with a corresponding adjustment to the equity 
compensation reserve.

INTEREST
Interest is recognised in the consolidated income statement on an 
accruals basis using the effective interest method. 

BORROWING COSTS
General and specific borrowing costs directly attributable to the 
acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are 
assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for 
their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of those assets, until such 
time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale.

All other borrowing costs are recognised in the consolidated income 
statement in the year in which they are incurred.

OPERATING SEGMENTS
IFRS 8 requires operating segments to be identified on the basis of 
internal financial information about components of the Group that  
are regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (‘CODM’)  
to allocate resources to the segments and to assess their performance. 
The CODM has been identified as the Executive Directors.

The CODM considers the business from a product/services perspective. 
Operating segments have been identified as Agriculture and Engineering. 
The previously recognised Food segment was disposed of during the year.

NON-RECURRING ITEMS
Non-recurring items that are material by size and/or by nature are 
presented within their relevant income statement category. Items that 
management consider fall into this category are disclosed within a note 
to the financial statements. The separate disclosure of non-recurring 
items helps provide a better indication of the Group’s underlying business 
performance. Events which may give rise to non-recurring items include, 
but are not limited to, gains or losses on the disposal of subsidiaries/
businesses, derivative gains or losses in respect of capital expenditure, 
gains or losses on the disposal of properties, gains or losses on the disposal 
of material investments, the restructuring of businesses, the integration 
of new businesses, acquisition related costs and asset impairments.

GOODWILL
Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and represents the 
excess of the consideration transferred over the Group’s interest in the 
net fair value of the net identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent 
liabilities of the acquiree and the fair value of the non-controlling interest 
in the acquiree.

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business 
combination is allocated to each of the CGUs, or groups of CGUs, that 
is expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Each 
unit or group of units to which the goodwill is allocated represents the 
lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for 
internal management purposes. Goodwill is monitored at the operating 
segment level.

Goodwill impairment reviews are undertaken annually or more frequently 
if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment. 
The carrying value of goodwill is compared to the recoverable amount, 
which is the higher of value in use and the fair value less costs of 
disposal. Any impairment is recognised immediately as an expense  
and is not subsequently reversed.

Goodwill written off to reserves under UK GAAP prior to 31 August 
1998 has not been reinstated and would not form part of the gain or 
loss on the disposal of a business.

OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Other intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation 
and accumulated impairment losses. Amortisation commences when 
assets are available for use. The expected useful lives, over which the 
assets are amortised, are generally as follows:

Customer relationships 
Brands 
Know-how 
Patents and trademarks 
Software 

1 – 5 years
15 – 20 years
5 years
contractual life
3 – 10 years

Customer relationships and brands are amortised in line with the profit 
and income streams they are respectively expected to generate over their 
expected useful life.

Know-how, patents, trademarks and software are amortised on a 
straight-line basis.

The cost of intangible assets acquired in a business combination  
is the fair value at the acquisition date. The cost of separately acquired 
intangible assets comprises the purchase price and any directly 
attributable costs of preparing the assets for use.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT COSTS
All research costs are recognised in the consolidated income statement as 
incurred. Development costs are recognised as an asset only to the extent 
that specific recognition criteria, as set out in IAS38 ‘Intangible assets’, 
relevant to the proposed application are met and the amount recognised  
is recoverable through future economic benefits.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment is carried at cost less accumulated 
depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Cost comprises 
purchase price and directly attributable costs. 

Freehold land and assets in the course of construction are not 
depreciated. For all other property, plant and equipment, depreciation  
is calculated on a straight-line basis to allocate cost less residual values 
of the assets over their estimated useful lives as follows:

Freehold buildings 
Leasehold buildings 
Plant and equipment 

up to 50 years
shorter of 50 years or lease term
3 to 20 years

Residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if 
appropriate, at each financial year-end.

Assets not fully constructed at the balance sheet date are classified  
as assets in the course of construction. When construction is complete 
these assets are reclassified to the appropriate heading within property, 
plant and equipment. Depreciation commences when the asset is  
ready for use.

The cost of maintenance, repairs and minor equipment is charged 
to the consolidated income statement as incurred; the cost of major 
renovations and improvements is capitalised.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the 
proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognised within the 
consolidated income statement.

INVESTMENT PROPERTY
Investment properties are properties held for long-term rental yields. 
Investment properties are carried in the balance sheet at cost less 
accumulated depreciation. Freehold land is not depreciated. For all 
other investment property, depreciation is calculated on a straight-
line basis to allocate cost less residual values of the assets over their 
estimated useful lives as follows:

Freehold buildings 

up to 50 years

The cost of maintenance, repairs and minor equipment is charged 
to the consolidated income statement as incurred; the cost of major 
renovations and improvements is capitalised.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the 
proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognised within the 
consolidated income statement.

IMPAIRMENT OF NON-FINANCIAL ASSETS
Non-financial assets are reviewed for impairment where there are 
any events or changes in circumstances that would indicate potential 
impairment. In addition, at each reporting date, the Group assesses 
whether there is any indication that goodwill may be impaired. Where 
an indicator of impairment exists, the Group makes an estimate of 
recoverable amount. Where the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its 
recoverable amount the asset is written down to its recoverable amount. 
Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and 
value in use and is deemed for an individual asset. If the asset does 
not generate cash flows that are largely independent of those from 
other assets or groups of assets, the recoverable amount of the cash 
generating unit to which the asset belongs is determined. Discount rates 
reflecting the asset specific risks and the time value of money are used 
for the value in use calculation.

INVENTORIES
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost 
comprises direct materials and, where applicable, direct labour costs 
and those overheads that have been incurred in bringing the inventories 
to their present location and condition. Where appropriate, cost is 
calculated on a specific identification basis. Otherwise inventories are 
valued using the first-in first-out method.

Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price less all 
estimated costs to completion and costs to be incurred in marketing, 
selling and distribution.

Provision has been made, where necessary, for slow moving, obsolete 
and defective inventories.

Contract work in progress is measured at the selling price of the work 
performed at the balance sheet date. The selling price is measured by 
reference to the stage of completion at the balance sheet date and total 
expected income from the contract work. 

53

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED

Progress payments received are deducted from the value of work in 
progress except to the extent that payments on account exceed the 
value of work in progress on any contract where the excess is included 
in trade and other payables.

Directly attributable, and separately identifiable, costs of bidding for 
contracts are included in contract costs after the point in time at which 
it is considered probable that the contract will be obtained.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash and cash equivalents for the purposes of the consolidated and 
Company statement of cash flows comprise cash at bank and in hand, 
money market deposits and other short term highly liquid investments 
with original maturities of three months or less and bank overdrafts. 
Bank overdrafts are presented in borrowings within current liabilities  
in the consolidated and Company balance sheet.

In March 2016, the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) issued 
an agenda decision regarding the treatment of offsetting and cash-
pooling arrangements in accordance with IAS 32: ‘Financial instruments: 
Presentation’. This provided additional guidance on when bank overdrafts 
in cash-pooling arrangements would meet the requirements for offsetting 
in accordance with IAS 32. Following this additional guidance, the 
Group has reviewed its cash-pooling arrangements and has revised its 
presentation of bank overdrafts and has recognised £8.4m of bank 
overdrafts within current borrowings at the current year end that would 
previously have been offset against cash balances. Comparatives at 29 
August 2015 have been restated by £3.6m. 

GRANTS
Grants received on capital expenditure are recorded as deferred income 
and taken to the consolidated income statement in equal annual 
instalments over the expected useful lives of the assets concerned. 

Revenue grants and contributions are taken to the consolidated income 
statement in the year to which they apply.

LEASES
Leases are classified as finance leases at inception where substantially 
all of the risks and rewards of ownership are transferred to the Group. 
Assets classified as finance leases are capitalised on the consolidated 
balance sheet and are depreciated over the shorter of the useful life of 
the asset and the term of the lease. The interest element of the rental 
obligations is charged to the consolidated income statement over the 
period of the lease using the actuarial method.

Rentals paid under operating leases are charged to the consolidated 
income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. 
Leasehold land is normally classified as an operating lease. Payments 
made to acquire leasehold land are included in prepayments at cost  
and are amortised over the life of the lease. Any incentives to enter  
into operating leases are recognised as a reduction of rental expense 
over the lease term on a straight-line basis.

TAX
The tax charge comprises current tax and deferred tax.

The current tax charge represents an estimate of the amounts payable  
to tax authorities in respect of the Group’s taxable profits.

Deferred tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary 
differences arising between the tax base of assets and liabilities and their 
carrying amounts in the consolidated and Company financial statements. 
Deferred tax arising from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a 
transaction, other than a business combination, that at the time of the 
transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss, is not 
recognised. Deferred tax is measured using tax rates that have been 

54

enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and are 
expected to apply when the asset is realised or the liability is settled.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable 
that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary 
differences can be utilised.

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments 
in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, except where the Group 
is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference 
and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the 
foreseeable future.

Tax is recognised in the consolidated income statement, unless the  
tax relates to items recognised directly in shareholders’ equity, in which 
case the tax is recognised directly in shareholders’ equity through the 
consolidated and Company statement of comprehensive income.

DIVIDENDS
Final equity dividends to the shareholders of the Company are 
recognised in the year that they are approved by the shareholders. 
Interim equity dividends are recognised in the year that they are paid.

Dividends receivable are recognised in the period in which they are received.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Financial assets and liabilities are recognised on the consolidated and 
Company balance sheet when the Group and Company becomes a party 
to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Trade receivables
Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less 
provision for impairment. A provision for impairment of trade receivables 
is established when there is objective evidence that the Group will not 
be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the 
receivables. Significant financial difficulties of the debtor, probability 
that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganisation, and 
default or delinquency in payments are considered indicators that 
the trade receivable is impaired. The amount of the provision is the 
difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of 
estimated future cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest 
rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of  
a provision for impairment, and the amount of the loss is recognised  
in the consolidated income statement. The provision is utilised when  
a trade receivable is uncollectible.

Investments
Investments are initially measured at cost, including transaction costs.  

Equity investments that do not have a quoted market price in an active 
market and whose fair value cannot be reliably measured by other 
means are held at cost. 

Financial liabilities and equity
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to 
the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into.  

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest  
in the assets of the Group after deducting all of its liabilities.

Bank borrowings
Interest-bearing loans and overdrafts are recognised initially at fair 
value net of direct issue costs and are subsequently stated at amortised 
cost. Finance charges, including premiums payable on settlement or 
redemption and direct issue costs, are accounted for on an effective 
interest method and are added to the carrying amount of the instrument 
to the extent that they are not settled in the year in which they arise.

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTrade payables
Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Equity instruments
Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded at the proceeds 
received, net of direct issue costs.

Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities
The Group primarily uses forward foreign currency contracts, options and 
currency swaps to manage its exposures to fluctuating foreign exchange 
rates. These instruments are initially recognised at fair value and are 
subsequently re-measured at their fair value at each balance sheet date. 

The Group’s policy is to hedge its international assets and it has 
designated foreign currency loans as a hedge against net investment in 
foreign operations. The portion of the gain or loss on an instrument used 
to hedge a net investment in a foreign operation that is determined as 
an effective hedge is recognised directly in equity. The gain or loss on 
any ineffective portion of the hedge is recognised immediately in the 
consolidated income statement.

NEW STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
From 30 August 2015 the following became effective and were adopted 
by the Group and Company:

Amendment to IAS 19 regarding defined benefit plans
Annual improvements to IFRSs 2012 and 2013

The adoption of these standards and interpretations has had no impact 
on the Group or Company’s profit for the year or equity.

NEW STANDARDS, AMENDMENTS AND INTERPRETATIONS ISSUED BUT NOT 
YET EFFECTIVE AND NOT EARLY ADOPTED
Amendments to IFRS 2, ‘Share based payments’ on clarifying how to
  account for certain types of share based payment transactions
IFRS 9 ‘Financial instruments’
Amendment to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 on investment entities applying 
  the consolidation exemption 
Amendment to IFRS 11 ‘Joint arrangements’ on acquisition 
  of an interest in a joint operation 
IFRS 14 ‘Regulatory deferral accounts’
IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’
IFRS 16 ‘Leases’
Amendment to IAS 1 ‘Presentation of financial statements’ 
  on the disclosure initiative
Amendments to IAS 7, Statement of cash flows on disclosure initiative
Amendments to IAS 12, ‘Income taxes’ on recognition of deferred tax   
  assets for unrealised losses
Amendment to IAS 16 ‘Property, plant and equipment’ and 
  IAS 38 ‘Intangible assets’ on depreciation and amortisation
Amendment to IAS 16 ‘Property, plant and equipment’ and 
  IAS 41 ‘Agriculture’ regarding bearer plants
Amendments to IAS 27, ‘Separate financial statements’ 
  on the equity method
Annual improvements to IFRSs 2014

It is considered that the above standards and amendments, with the 
exception of IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’ and  
IFRS 16 ‘Leases’, will not have a significant effect on the results  
or net assets of the Group or Company.

IFRS 15 is effective for accounting periods beginning on or after  
1 January 2018. The Directors are currently reviewing the impact  
this standard may have, which is of particular relevance to the 
construction contracts within the Group’s Engineering businesses.

IFRS 16 is effective for accounting periods beginning on or after  
1 January 2019. The Directors are currently reviewing the level of  
the Group’s leasing arrangements that would be brought within the  
scope of IFRS 16. 

At the date of signing the financial statements the Directors are not  
yet in a sufficiently advanced stage of their reviews to be able to  
quantify any financial impact from either of these two standards.

SIGNIFICANT JUDGEMENTS, KEY ASSUMPTIONS AND ESTIMATES
Application of certain Group accounting policies requires management  
to make judgements, assumptions and estimates concerning the future  
as detailed below.

Valuation of pension obligations
The valuation of the Group’s defined benefit pension scheme is 
determined each year following advice from a qualifying independent 
actuary and can fluctuate based on a number of external factors.  
Such factors include the major assumptions as shown in the table 
in note 25 and actual returns on scheme assets compared to those 
predicted in the previous scheme valuation.

Impairment of goodwill
The carrying value of goodwill must be assessed for impairment  
annually, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might 
be impaired. This requires an estimation of the value in use of the cash 
generating units to which goodwill is allocated. Value in use is dependent 
on estimations of future cash flows from the cash generating unit and the 
use of an appropriate discount rate to discount those cash flows to their 
present value.

No impairment has been identified in the year (note 10).

Provision for impairment of trade receivables
The financial statements include a provision for impairment of trade 
receivables (note 19) that is based on management’s estimation of 
recoverability. There is a risk that the provision will not match the trade 
receivables that ultimately prove to be irrecoverable.

Revenue recognition on construction contracts
Under long term contracts, the Group recognises revenue and profits 
based on the percentage completion method. This requires management 
to make an assessment of the overall profitability and the stage of 
completion of the entire contract in order to determine the level of 
revenue and profit to recognise.

55

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1 The Company has taken advantage of the exemption, under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, from presenting its own income statement.  
The profit after tax for the year dealt with in the accounts of the Company was £26,362,000 (2015: £2,870,000).

2 Segmental information
The chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) has been identified as the Executive Directors. Management has identified the operating  
segments based on internal financial information reviewed by the CODM. The CODM considers the business from a product/services perspective. 
Operating segments have been identified as Agriculture and Engineering. The previously recognised Food operating segment was disposed of  
during the year. Operating segments have not been aggregated for the purpose of determining reportable segments. 

Agriculture aims to provide for all farming requirements. It derives its revenue from the sale of animal feed and feed blocks together with retail sales 
of farm equipment, fuels and farm consumables.

Engineering derives its revenue from the design and manufacture of bespoke equipment for use in the nuclear, oil and gas, and petrochemical 
industries. Products include manipulators, robotics, specialist fabrication and precision machining. 

Performance is assessed using operating profit. For internal purposes operating profit is measured in a manner consistent with that in the financial 
statements, with the exception of material non-recurring items, which are excluded.

Inter-segmental transactions are all undertaken on an arm’s length basis.

As segment liabilities are not reviewed by the CODM they are not required to be disclosed under IFRS 8.   

The Group has operations in the UK and overseas. In accordance with IFRS 8, entity wide disclosures based on the geography of operations  
is also presented. The geographical analysis of revenue is presented by revenue origin. 

The segmental information for the year ended 3 September 2016 is as follows:

Total segment revenue 
Inter segment revenue 

Revenue from external customers 

EBITDA1 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
Depreciation of investment property 
Profit on the disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Amortisation of intangible assets 

Operating profit 
Finance income 
Finance costs 

Share of post-tax profit of associate 
Share of post-tax profit of joint ventures 

Profit before taxation from continuing operations 

1 Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (and before profit/(loss) on the disposal of property, plant and equipment)

Agriculture  
£’000 

Engineering  
£’000 

Group
£’000

284,836 
(63) 

30,192 
(58) 

315,028
(121)

284,773 

30,134 

314,907

12,924 
(2,539) 
(6) 
12 
(133) 

3,555 
(1,043) 
— 
72 
(72) 

10,258 

2,512 

16,479
(3,582)
(6)
84
(205)

12,770
236
(1,009)

11,997
1,239
842

14,078

56

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2 Segmental information (continued)
Assets

Segment gross assets 

The segmental information for the year ended 29 August 2015 (restated) is as follows:

Total segment revenue 
Inter segment revenue 

Revenue from external customers 

Agriculture  
£’000 

Engineering  
£’000 

Group
£’000

149,777 

52,376 

202,153

Agriculture  
£’000 

Engineering  
£’000 

Group  
£’000

297,858 
(115) 

33,588 
(46) 

331,446
(161)

297,743 

33,542 

331,285

EBITDA1 

11,882 

3,573 

15,455

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
Depreciation of investment property 
Profit/(loss) on the disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Amortisation of intangible assets 

Operating profit 
Finance income 
Finance costs 

Share of post-tax profit of associate 
Share of post-tax profit of joint ventures 

Profit before taxation from continuing operations 

Assets

(2,365) 
(6) 
38 
(100) 

(815) 
— 
(24) 
(93) 

9,449 

2,641 

(3,180)
(6)
14
(193)

12,090
338
(1,045)

11,383
 1,500
807

13,690

Agriculture 
£’000 

Food  
£’000 

Engineering 
£’000 

Group
£’000

Segment gross assets 

125,057 

35,225 

46,670 

206,952

The Food operating segment was disposed in the year ended 3 September 2016. 

Entity wide disclosures
Revenues from external customers are derived from the sale of products by individual business segment. The breakdown of revenue by business 
segment is provided above.

Revenues from external customers: 

Continuing operations 

UK 
Europe 
USA 

2016 
£’000 

269,109 
13,343 
32,455 

2015
£’000

287,727 
13,759
29,799

314,907 

331,285 

57

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

2 Segmental information (continued)
Non-current assets excluding deferred tax assets:

Goodwill 
Other intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Investment property 
Investment in associate 
Interest in joint ventures 
Other investments 
Non-current receivables 
Retirement benefit asset 

2016 

UK 
£’000 

Europe 
£’000 

11,108 
— 
22,821 
182 
8,667 
1,717 
50 
50 
311 

313 
257 
6,642 
— 
— 
2,554 
— 
— 
— 

USA 
£’000 

19 
29 
6,348 
— 
— 
1,986 
22 
— 
— 

Total 
£’000 

UK 
£’000 

Europe 
£’000 

2015

11,440 
286 
35,811 
182 
8,667 
6,257  
72 
50 
311 

10,520 
173 
48,256 
636 
8,439 
1,748 
 61 
50 
1,767 

313 
245 
6,009 
— 
—  
2,097  
—  
— 
— 

USA 
£’000 

16 
30 
4,120 
— 
— 
1,167 
18 
— 
— 

Total 
£’000

10,849
448 
58,385
636 
8,439
5,012 
79
50 
1,767

44,906 

9,766 

8,404 

63,076 

71,650 

8,664 

5,351 

85,665

Major customers
There are no revenues from transactions with individual customers which amount to ten percent or more of Group revenue.

3 Group operating profit

2016 
£’000 

2015
£’000

Group operating profit is stated after (crediting)/charging: 
Amortisation of grants 
Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
Depreciation of owned investment property 
Amortisation of intangible assets  
Foreign exchange (gains)/losses 
Derivative financial instruments losses 
Operating lease charges 
Research and development expense 
Auditors’ remuneration:
Audit services (Company £15,450; 2015: £15,300) 
The auditing of accounts of subsidiaries of the Company pursuant to legislation  
  (including overseas) 
Total audit services 

Taxation compliance services 
Other taxation advisory services 
Other non-audit services 
Total non-audit services 

Included within Group operating profit is the following in respect 
  of investment property leased to, and occupied by, external parties:
Rental income 
Operating expenses 

Continuing 
operations  

(53) 
(84) 
3,582 
6 
205 
(383) 
70 
556 
1,320 

76 

159 
235 

27 
70 
6 
103 

(42) 
44 

2 

58

Discontinued   Continuing   Discontinued
 operations

operations 

operations 

(100) 
(6) 
1,875 
13 
14 
(206) 
74 
730 
1,046 

— 

21 
21 

— 
— 
— 
— 

(13) 
22 

9 

(20)  
(14) 
3,180 
6 
193 
50 
(65) 
377 
1,423 

75 

121 
196 

  33 
  35 
  19 
  87 

(41) 
42 

1 

(100)
(11)
1,879
14
15 
— 
72 
700 
1,201 

—

30
30

—
—
—
—

(13)
22

9

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4 Staff costs

Group 

Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Other pension costs 
Share based payments 

2016 

2015

Continuing 
operations 
£’000 

Discontinued 
operations 
£’000 

(Restated) 
Continuing 
operations 
£’000 

Discontinued
operations
£’000

27,321 
3,065 
1,478 
(99) 

31,765 

5,643 
581 
473 
3 

6,700 

27,114 
2,933 
1,681 
520 

32,248 

5,896
603
478
64

7,041

The prior year has been restated by £141,000 for the reclassification to interest income of the net interest on the net defined benefit retirement asset 
previously recognised within operating profit.

Included within other pension costs is a credit of £287,000 (2015: charge of £261,000) in respect of the defined benefit pension scheme (note 25).

The average monthly number of employees, including Directors, during the year was made up as follows:

Group 

Sales, office and management 
Manufacture and distribution 

2016 

2015

Continuing 
operations 
Number 

Discontinued 
operations 
Number 

Continuing 
operations 
Number 

Discontinued
operations
Number

504 
401 

905 

70 
102 

172 

495 
384 

879 

71
107

178

Key management are considered to be the Directors of the Group.

Full details of the Directors’ emoluments, pension benefits and share options are given in the Remuneration Committee Report on pages 30 to 35.

5 Finance income and finance costs

Continuing operations 

Finance income

Bank interest 
Net interest on the net defined benefit retirement asset (note 25) 
Other interest  

Total finance income  

Finance costs

Interest payable on bank overdrafts 
Interest payable on bank loans and other borrowings 
Interest payable on finance leases 
Other interest 

2016 
£’000 

126 
94 
16 

236 

(130) 
(735) 
(78) 
(66) 

(Restated)
2015
£’000

187
141
10

338

(114)
(763)
(98)
(70)

Total finance costs 

(1,009) 

(1,045)

The prior year has been restated for the reclassification to interest income of the net interest on the net defined benefit retirement asset previously  
recognised within operating profit.

59

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

6 Taxation

(a) Analysis of the charge in the year

Continuing operations 

Current tax:
UK corporation tax 
  Current year  
  Adjustment in respect of prior years  
Foreign tax 
  Current year  
  Adjustment in respect of prior years  

Group current tax  

Deferred tax: 
Origination and reversal of timing differences 
  Current year 
  Adjustment in respect of prior years  

Group deferred tax (note 17) 

Tax on profit from ordinary activities  

2016 
£’000 

952 
173 

680 
— 

2015
£’000

1,104
137

621
(33)

1,805 

1,829

1,177 
(75) 

1,102 

2,907 

1,199 
(18)

1,181

3,010

(b) Factors affecting tax charge for the year
The tax assessed for the year is higher (2015: higher) than the rate of corporation tax in the UK of 20% (2015: 20.58%). The differences are  
explained below:

Continuing operations 

Profit before taxation  

Tax at 20% (2015: 20.58%) 
Effects of:
  Tax effect of share of profit in associate and joint ventures 
  Tax effect of expenses that are not allowable in determining taxable profit 
  Tax effect of non-taxable income 
  Effects of different tax rates of foreign subsidiaries  
  Effects of changes in tax rates 
  Adjustment in respect of prior years  

2016 
£’000 

2015
£’000

14,078 

13,690

2,816 

2,817

(416) 
— 
(105) 
704 
(190) 
98 

(475)
148
(31)
478
(13)
86

Total tax charge for the year  

2,907 

3,010

(c) Factors affecting future tax charges

The main rate of UK corporation tax has been reduced from 20% to 19% with effect from 1 April 2017 and from 19% to 18% with effect from  
1 April 2020. These rate reductions were substantively enacted before the year end and as the Directors consider the deferred tax balances are 
expected to reverse after 1 April 2020 the tax rate used for deferred tax at the year end is 18%.

During the year the UK government proposed that the main rate of UK corporation tax would be further reduced to 17% instead of 18% with effect 
from 1 April 2020. This has not been substantively enacted prior to the balance sheet date. The overall effect of the further change from 18% to 17%, 
if this was applied to the deferred tax balance at 3 September 2016, would be to reduce the deferred tax liability by approximately £68,000.

60

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7 Discontinued operations

On 3 September 2016 Carr’s Group plc disposed of its entire shareholding in Carr’s Flour Mills Ltd for a gross consideration of £36m on a cash  
and debt free basis, less costs to sell. 

An analysis of the result of discontinued operations, and the gain recognised on the re-measurement to fair value less costs to sell, is as follows:

Revenue 
Expenses 

Profit before taxation of discontinued operations 
Taxation 

Profit after taxation of discontinued operations 

Pre-taxation gain recognised on the measurement to fair value less costs to sell 
Taxation 

After taxation gain recognised on the measurement to fair value less costs sell 

2016 
£’000 

71,440 
(67,950) 

3,490 
(712) 

2,778 

39 
— 

39 

2015
£’000

80,280
(76,503)

3,777
(764)

3,013

—
—

—

Profit for the year from discontinued operations 

2,817 

3,013

8 Dividends

Equity 

Second interim paid for the year ended 29 August 2015 of 0.925p per 2.5p share (2014: 0.85p) 
Final dividend for the year ended 29 August 2015 of 1.85p per 2.5p share (2014: 1.7p)  
First interim paid for the year ended 3 September 2016 of 0.95p per 2.5p share (2015: 0.925p)  

2016 
£’000 

830 
1,662 
855 

3,347 

2015
£’000

760
1,520
830

3,110

Since the year end a second interim dividend of £866,393, being 0.95p per share, has been paid. A special dividend of £15,996,351, being 17.54p  
per share, was paid in October following the disposal of Carr’s Flour Mills Ltd. The financial statements do not reflect these dividends payable.

The proposed final dividend for the year ended 3 September 2016 to be considered by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting is £1,732,786,  
being 1.9p per share, making a total for the year, excluding the special dividend, of 3.8p (2015: 3.7p). Shares held in treasury do not carry entitlement  
to a dividend. The financial statements do not reflect this proposed final dividend as payable.

61

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

9 Earnings per ordinary share

Earnings per share are calculated by reference to a weighted average of 90,087,357 shares (2015: 89,574,461) in issue during the year.

Non-recurring items and amortisation that are charged or credited to profit do not relate to the profitability of the Group on an ongoing basis. 
Therefore an adjusted earnings per share is presented as follows:

Continuing operations
Earnings per share  – basic  

Amortisation and non-recurring items: 
  Amortisation of intangible assets  
  Taxation relief on amortisation 
  Acquisition related costs1 

Earnings per share – adjusted 

Discontinued operations
 Earnings per share – basic 

Amortisation and non-recurring items: 
  Amortisation of intangible assets  
  Taxation relief on amortisation 
  Profit on disposal of subsidiary 

Earnings per share – adjusted 

Total (basic) 

Total (adjusted) 

2016 

Earnings 
per share 
pence 

Earnings 
£’000 

2015

Earnings
per share
pence

Earnings 
£’000 

9,638 

205 
(47) 
7 

9,803 

2,817 

14 
— 
(39) 

2,792  

12,455  

12,595 

10.7 

0.2 
— 
— 

10.9 

3.1 

— 
— 
— 

3.1 

13.8 

14.0 

8,976 

193 
(49) 
58 

9,178 

3,013 

15 
(3) 
— 

3,025 

11,989 

12,203 

10.0

0.2
(0.1)
0.1

10.2

3.4

—
—
—

3.4

13.4

13.6

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all dilutive potential 
ordinary shares. The potentially dilutive ordinary shares, where the exercise price is less than the average market price of the Company’s ordinary 
shares during the year, are disclosed in note 27.

2016 
Weighted 
average number 
of shares 

Earnings 
£’000 

Earnings 
per share 
pence 

2015
Weighted 
average number 
of shares 

Earnings 
£’000 

Earnings
per share
pence

9,638 

90,087,357 

10.7 

8,976 

89,574,461 

10.0

Diluted earnings per share 

9,638 

92,034,155 

— 
— 
— 

78,032 
1,317,329 
551,437 

— 
(0.2) 
— 

10.5 

— 
— 
— 

332,332 
1,288,785 
1,476,960 

8,976 

92,672,538 

2,817 

90,087,357 

3.1 

3,013 

89,574,461 

Continuing operations
Earnings per share 

Effect of dilutive securities: 
  Share option scheme 
  Share save scheme 
  Long term incentive plan 

Discontinued operations
 Earnings per share 

Effect of dilutive securities:
  Share option scheme 
  Share save scheme 
  Long term incentive plan 

— 
— 
— 

78,032 
1,317,329 
551,437 

Diluted earnings per share 

2,817 

92,034,155 

12,455 

92,034,155 

1 Disallowable for tax purposes

62

— 
(0.1) 
— 

3.0 

13.5 

— 
— 
— 

332,332 
1,288,785 
1,476,960 

3,013 

92,672,538 

11,989 

92,672,538 

—
(0.1)
(0.2)

9.7

3.4

—
(0.1)
(0.1)

3.2

12.9

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9 Earnings per ordinary share (continued)

Continuing operations
Diluted adjusted 
  earnings per share 

Discontinued operations
Diluted adjusted 
  earnings per share 

Adjusted 
earnings 
£’000 

2016 
Weighted 
average number 
of shares 

Earnings 
per share 
pence 

Adjusted 
earnings 
£’000 

2015
Weighted 
average number 
of shares 

Earnings
per share
pence

9,803 

92,034,155 

10.7 

9,178 

92,672,538 

9.9

2,792 

92,034,155 

12,595 

92,034,155 

3.0 

13.7 

3,025 

92,672,538 

12,203 

92,672,538 

3.3

13.2

Goodwill 
£’000 

Customer 
relationships 
£’000 

Brands 
£’000 

Know-how 
£’000 

Patents and 
trademarks 
£’000 

Software 
£’000 

Total
£’000

10 Goodwill and other intangible assets

Group 

Cost 
At 30 August 2014 
Exchange differences 
Subsidiaries acquired 
Additions  

At 29 August 2015  
Exchange differences 
Subsidiaries/businesses acquired 
Additions  
Subsidiary disposed 
Disposals 

10,123 
1 
1,050 
— 

11,174 
3 
783 
— 
— 
(195) 

3,209 
— 
162 
— 

3,371 
— 
39 
— 
(2,094) 
— 

At 3 September 2016  

11,765 

1,316 

Accumulated amortisation 
  and impairment
At 30 August 2014 
Exchange differences 
Charge for the year 

At 29 August 2015  
Exchange differences 
Charge for the year 
Subsidiary disposed 

At 3 September 2016 

Net book amount
At 30 August 2014 

At 29 August 2015 

At 3 September 2016 

325 
— 
— 

325 
— 
— 
— 

325 

9,798 

10,849 

11,440 

3,209 
— 
81 

3,290 
— 
120 
(2,094) 

1,316 

— 

81 

— 

594 
(16) 
— 
— 

578 
31 
— 
— 
(357) 
— 

252 

337 
(6) 
30 

361 
15 
30 
(280) 

126 

257 

217 

126 

240 
— 
— 
— 

240 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

240 

240 
— 
— 

240 
— 
— 
— 

240 

— 

— 

— 

145 
13 
— 
5 

163 
25 
— 
8 
— 
— 

196 

105 
9 
19 

133 
21 
13 
— 

167 

40 

30 

29 

590 
(40) 
— 
10 

560 
77 
— 
54 
— 
— 

691 

388 
(26) 
78 

440 
64 
56 
— 

560 

202 

120 

131 

14,901
(42)
1,212
15

16,086
136
822
62
(2,451)
(195)

14,460

4,604
(23)
208

4,789
100
219
(2,374)

2,734

10,297

11,297

11,726

During the year goodwill of £783,000 arose on acquisitions (note 28).

During the year there was a disposal of £195,000 (2015: £nil) in respect of the dissolution of dormant subsidiaries. This was partially offset by an 
adjustment to non-controlling interests of £104,000.

During the prior year goodwill totalling £1,050,000 arose on the acquisitions of WM. Nicholls & Company (Crickhowell) Ltd and Reid and Robertson 
Ltd. Goodwill represented the excess of the consideration paid over the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the net identifiable assets, liabilities 
and contingent liabilities acquired.

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to cash generating units that are expected to benefit 
from the synergies of the combination.

63

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

10 Goodwill and other intangible assets (continued)
The carrying value of goodwill has been allocated to the following cash generating units: 

Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd 
Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Johnstone Wallace Oils profit centre 
Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Borders profit centre 
Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Wooler profit centre 
Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Safe at Work profit centre 
Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Laycocks profit centre 
Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Wales profit centre 
Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Reid and Robertson profit centre 
Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Greens profit centre 
Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Phoenix profit centre 
Carrs Agriculture Ltd – Scotmin profit centre 
Animal Feed Supplement, Inc. – Silver Springs profit centre 
Wälischmiller Engineering GmbH 
Carr’s Engineering Ltd – Bendalls Engineering profit centre 
Carr’s Engineering Ltd – Chirton profit centre 

3 September 
2016 
£’000 

29 August
2015
£’000

— 
781 
264 
369 
568 
125 
626 
783 
80 
703 
2,068 
18 
313 
516 
4,226 

195
781
264
369
568 
125
626
783
—
—
2,068
15
313
516
4,226

11,440 

10,849 

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired. Goodwill is tested for 
impairment by estimating future cash flows from the cash generating units to which goodwill has been allocated and discounting those cash flows 
to their present value. Each unit or group of units to which goodwill is allocated represents the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is 
monitored for internal management purposes. Goodwill is monitored at operating segment level. The key assumptions in this calculation are the levels 
of future cash flows, particularly in the perpetuity period, and the discount rate. Management estimates discount rates using pre-tax rates that reflect 
current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the cash generating units.

Cash flows are estimated using the most recent budget information for the year to August 2017, which has been approved by the Board and 
forecast information for the four years to August 2021 based on medium term business plans and an assumption for long term growth of between 
1-3% excluding inflation. The pre-tax discount rates used to discount the forecast cash flows for all cash generating units is 5.43% - 10.38% 
(2015: 7.73% - 12.76%).  

The Directors consider the assumptions adopted in calculating the cash flows to be consistent with historical performance and to be reasonable given 
current market conditions.

Significant headroom exists in each of the cash generating units and, based on the stress testing performed, reasonable possible changes in the 
assumptions would not cause the carrying amount of the cash generating units to equal or to exceed their recoverable amount. Given the current 
state of the oil market the Directors placed particular attention to the impairment review on the carrying value of goodwill relating to the Chirton 
profit centre. The Directors reviewed the assumptions used and the impact of sensitivities and agreed that no provision for impairment was required.

Amortisation and impairment charges are recognised within administrative expenses.

 There is no goodwill or intangible assets in the Company (2015: none).

Significant cash generating units 
The following key assumptions have been used in the impairment testing for goodwill with a significant carrying value:

Goodwill 
carrying value 
£’000 

Pre-tax 
 discount rate 
% 

Long term
average annual 
change in 
cash flows 
% 

Long term
growth rate
%

Cash generating unit
Carr’s Engineering Ltd – Chirton profit centre 
Carrs Agriculture Ltd – Scotmin profit centre 

4,226 
2,068 

10.38 
5.43 

12 
13 

2
2

Stress testing of the future cash flows generated from these cash generating units shows that an impairment of goodwill would potentially arise  
should cash flows fall by 40% in the Chirton profit centre and by 96% in the Scotmin profit centre.

64

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11 Property, plant and equipment

Group 

Cost
At 30 August 2014 
Exchange differences 
Subsidiaries acquired 
Additions 
Disposals  
Reclassifications  

At 29 August 2015 
Exchange differences 
Subsidiaries/businesses acquired 
Additions 
Subsidiary disposed 
Disposals  
Reclassifications  

At 3 September 2016 

Accumulated depreciation
At 30 August 2014 
Exchange differences  
Subsidiaries acquired 
Charge for the year  
Disposals  

At 29 August 2015 
Exchange differences  
Charge for the year  
Subsidiary disposed 
Disposals  

At 3 September 2016 

Net book amount
At 30 August 2014 

At 29 August 2015 

At 3 September 2016 

Land and 
buildings 
£’000 

Plant and 
equipment 
£’000 

Assets in the
course of
construction 
£’000 

35,461 
(198) 
14 
710 
(51) 
133 

36,069 
1,023 
— 
1,512 
(14,648) 
(5) 
1,721 

72,012 
300 
178 
4,410 
(1,419) 
175 

75,656 
1,167 
25 
4,791 
(41,704) 
(1,607) 
104 

25,672 

38,432 

6,981 
42 
14 
817 
(14) 

7,840 
193 
917 
(3,273) 
— 

5,677 

44,469 
301 
60 
4,242 
(1,136) 

47,936 
885 
4,540 
(27,590) 
(1,312) 

24,459 

603 
(2) 
— 
2,143 
— 
(308) 

2,436 
284 
— 
948 
— 
— 
(1,825) 

1,843 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

28,480 

27,543 

28,229 

19,995 

27,720 

13,973 

603 

2,436 

1,843 

Total
£’000

108,076
100
192
7,263
(1,470)
—

114,161
2,474
25
7,251
(56,352)
(1,612)
—

65,947

51,450
343
74
5,059
(1,150)

55,776
1,078
5,457
(30,863)
(1,312)

30,136

56,626

58,385

35,811

Freehold land amounting to £3,008,879 (2015: £3,569,135) has not been depreciated.

The net book amount of plant and equipment includes £3,206,805 (2015: £12,261,842) in respect of assets held under finance leases. This consists  
of cost of £5,046,733 (2015: £16,603,001) less accumulated depreciation of £1,839,928 (2015: £4,341,159). The finance lease lessors hold  
security over the assets held under finance leases.

Under the Group’s banking facilities the lenders have legal charges over certain properties together with floating charges over the assets of certain  
businesses. The net book amount of specific assets held under legal charges at the balance sheet date was £1,667,000 (2015: £1,721,000).

Included in the above table in respect of assets held under floating charges are assets with a net book amount of £6,327,000 (2015: £23,431,000).  
This excludes specific assets under legal charge and assets secured under finance leases both of which are separately disclosed above. The prior year  
included assets within Carr’s Flour Mills Ltd which was sold during the year ended 3 September 2016.

65

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

11 Property, plant and equipment (continued)

Depreciation is recognised within the Consolidated Income Statement as shown below:

Cost of sales 
Distribution costs 
Administrative expenses 

The Company has no property, plant and equipment (2015: none).

12 Investment property

Group 

Cost
At 30 August 2014 and 29 August 2015 
Subsidiary disposed 

At 3 September 2016 

Accumulated depreciation
At 30 August 2014 
Charge for the year 

At 29 August 2015 
Charge for the year 
Subsidiary disposed 

At 3 September 2016 

Net book amount
At 30 August 2014 

At 29 August 2015 

At 3 September 2016 

2016 
£’000 

4,896 
46 
515 

5,457 

2015 
£’000

4,373
76
610

5,059

Total
£’000

922
(623)

299

266
20

286
19
(188)

117

656

636

182

Included within investment property at the prior year end are properties occupied by life tenants. The net book amount of these properties at  
3 September 2016 is £nil (2015: £145,000).

The fair value of investment properties at 3 September 2016 is £360,000 (2015: £1,065,000). Investment properties were valued by  
independent professionally qualified valuers in October 2016. 

There is no investment property in the Company (2015: none).

66

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13 Investments

Group 

Cost
At 30 August 2014 
Exchange difference 
Return of capital invested 
Redemption of preference shares 
Share of post-tax profit 
Share of gains recognised directly in equity 

At 29 August 2015 
Exchange difference 
Disposals 
Redemption of preference shares 
Share of post-tax profit 
Share of (losses)/gains recognised directly in equity 
Dividend paid by joint venture 

At 3 September 2016 

Associate 
£’000 

Joint 
ventures 
£’000 

Other
investments 
£’000 

6,883 
— 
— 
— 
1,500 
56 

8,439 
— 
— 
— 
1,239 
(1,011) 
— 

8,667 

4,836 
(71) 
(488) 
(150) 
807 
78 

5,012 
472 
— 
(150) 
842 
194 
(113) 

6,257 

Total
£’000

11,805
(69)
(488)
(150)
2,307
134

13,539
475
(10)
(150)
2,081
(817)
(113)

15,005

9

11,796

13,530

14,996

86 
2 
— 
— 
— 
— 

88 
3 
(10) 
— 
— 
— 
— 

81 

9 

77 

79 

72 

Accumulated provision for impairment
At 30 August 2014, 29 August 2015 and 3 September 2016 

— 

— 

Net book amount
At 30 August 2014 

At 29 August 2015  

At 3 September 2016  

6,883 

8,439 

8,667 

4,836 

5,012 

6,257 

Other investments comprise shares in several private limited companies. These investments have been classified as unquoted investments for which 
fair value cannot be reliably measured and are held at cost less accumulated impairment. 

67

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

13 Investments (continued)

Company 

Cost
At 30 August 2014   
Recapitalisation 
Share based payment expense 
  in respect of employees of 
  subsidiary undertakings 

At 29 August 2015  
Subsidiary disposed 
Subsidiaries dissolved 
Share based payment credit 
  in respect of employees of 
  subsidiary undertakings 

At 3 September 2016  

Accumulated provision for impairment
At 30 August 2014 
Impairment in the year 

At 29 August 2015  
Subsidiaries dissolved 

At 3 September 2016 

Net book amount
At 30 August 2014 

At 29 August 2015 

At 3 September 2016 

Shares in 
subsidiaries 
£’000 

Associate 
£’000 

Joint 
ventures 
£’000 

18,142 
74 

222 

18,438 
(264) 
(1,605) 

(297) 

16,272 

5,387 
846 

6,233 
(1,439) 

4,794 

12,755 

12,205 

11,478 

245 
— 

— 

245 
— 
— 

— 

245 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

245 

245 

245 

272 
— 

— 

272 
— 
— 

— 

272 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

272 

272 

272 

Total
£’000

18,659 
74

222

18,955
(264)
(1,605)

(297)

16,789

5,387
846

6,233
(1,439)

4,794

13,272

12,722

11,995

During the year several dormant companies with a combined cost of £1,605,000 and a combined accumulated provision for impairment of  
£1,439,000 were dissolved. In the prior year an impairment of £846,000 was recognised to impair the investment in certain dormant subsidiaries  
down to their net realisable amount. These dormant subsidiaries were dissolved in the year ended 3 September 2016.

14 Investment in associate
The associated undertaking at 3 September 2016 is:

Group and Company

Name 

Proportion
of shares held 
Ordinary 
% 

Country of 
incorporation 

Country of 
operation 

Activity

Carrs Billington Agriculture (Operations) Ltd 

49 

England  

UK 

Manufacture of animal feed

The Group does not have the ability to control the financial and operating policies of Carrs Billington Agriculture (Operations) Ltd. The Group  
has a 49% shareholding and a 43% representation on the Board of Directors of this associate.

Associates are accounted for using the equity method.

At the year end the associate had capital commitments of £177,966 (2015: £187,000). No contingent liabilities exist within the associate.

The aggregate amounts relating to the associate, of which the Group recognises 49% in the net investment in associate, are:

Total assets  
Total liabilities 
Revenues  
Profit after tax 

68

2016 
£’000 

37,438 
(19,751) 
98,445 
2,528 

2015
£’000

34,199
(16,977) 
105,162
3,061

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15 Interest in joint ventures
The joint ventures at 3 September 2016 are:

Group

Name 

Interest held 

Equity 
% 

Non-equity 
% 

Country of 
incorporation 

Country of 
operation 

Crystalyx Products GmbH 

Bibby Agriculture Ltd 

Afgritech Ltd 

Afgritech LLC 

50 

26 

50 

50 

Gold-Bar Feed Supplements LLC 

50 

ACC Feed Supplement LLC 

Silloth Storage Company Ltd 

50 

50 

— 

26 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Germany  

Germany 

England 

England  

USA 

USA 

USA 

England 

UK 

UK 

USA 

USA 

USA 

UK 

Crystalyx Products GmbH has a 31 December accounting year end.

Silloth Storage Company Ltd has a 30 June accounting year end.

Activity

Manufacture of animal 
feed blocks

Sale of agricultural products

Holding company

Producers of ingredients 
of animal feed

Manufacture of animal 
feed blocks

Manufacture of animal
feed blocks

Storage of molasses

Interests in the joint ventures listed above are held directly by the holding Company with the following exceptions: Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) 
Ltd holds 50% of the ordinary share capital and 50% of the preference share capital in Bibby Agriculture Ltd. Carrs Agriculture Ltd holds 50% of the 
ordinary share capital in Silloth Storage Company Ltd. Animal Feed Supplement, Inc. holds the interest in Gold-Bar Feed Supplements LLC and ACC 
Feed Supplement LLC. Afgritech Ltd has 100% control of Afgritech LLC. The preference shares in Bibby Agriculture Ltd are redeemable with three 
months notice, carry no dividend entitlement except at the Directors’ discretion, and no voting rights.

Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method.

At the year end the joint ventures had no capital commitments (2015: £nil). No contingent liabilities exist within the joint ventures.

The aggregate amounts included in the financial statements relating to the Group’s share of joint ventures are:

Non-current assets 
Current assets 
Current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 
Income 
Expenses 
Net finance cost 

2016 
£’000 

6,232 
6,144 
(4,268) 
(2,038) 
24,204 
(23,202) 
(52) 

2015
£’000

5,737
5,643
(5,930)
(775)
24,607
(23,618)
(12)

Goodwill of £17,000 arose on the investment in Silloth Storage Company Ltd. This is included in the carrying amount of the Group’s interest  
in joint ventures and is not shown as a separate asset.

Included within interest in joint ventures is an amount of £170,000 (2015: £320,000) which relates to the Group’s interest in the preference share 
capital of Bibby Agriculture Ltd.

69

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

16 Investment in subsidiary undertakings

Name 

Proportion
of shares held 
Ordinary 
% 

Country of 
incorporation 

Country of 
operation 

Carrs Agriculture Ltd  

100  

England  

Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd 
Animal Feed Supplement, Inc.  

Horslyx LLC  

Carr’s Engineering Ltd  
Wälischmiller Engineering GmbH 
B.R.B. Trust Ltd  
Carrs Properties Ltd  

51  
100  

100  

100  
100 
100  
100  

England 
USA 

 USA 

England 
Germany 
England 
England 

UK 

UK 
USA 

USA 

UK 
Germany 
UK 
UK 

Activity

Manufacture of  

animal feed/mineral blocks and
ingredients of animal feed

Agricultural retailers  
Manufacture of 
animal feed blocks   

Distributor of
animal feed blocks 
Engineering  
Engineering

Financial services  
Property holding

During the year the Company disposed of its investment in Carr’s Flour Mills Ltd (Note 7). Dormant subsidiaries are listed on the inside back cover  
of this Annual Report and Accounts.

Investments in the subsidiaries listed above are held directly by the Company with the following exceptions: Carr’s Engineering Ltd holds 100%  
of the ordinary share capital in Wälischmiller Engineering GmbH and Carrs Agriculture Ltd holds 100% of the investment in Horslyx LLC.

17 Deferred tax assets and liabilities
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

Group 

Accelerated tax  
  depreciation  
Employee benefits  
Other 

Tax assets/(liabilities)  

Assets 

2016 
£’000 

2015 
£’000 

— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
—  
861 

861 

 Liabilities 

Net

2016 
£’000 

(1,230) 
(56) 
(531) 

(1,817) 

2015 
£’000 

(2,996) 
(353) 
(835) 

(4,184) 

2016 
£’000 

(1,230) 
(56) 
(531) 

(1,817) 

2015
£’000

(2,996)
(353)
26

(3,323) 

Deferred tax net liabilities are expected to reverse after more than one year from the balance sheet date.

Movement in deferred tax during the year

At 
30 August 
2015 
£’000 

861 

861 

(2,996) 
(353) 
(835) 

(4,184) 

(3,323) 

Assets:
Other  

Liabilities:
Accelerated tax depreciation 
Employee benefits 
Other 

Net liabilities 

Exchange 
differences 
£’000 

In respect of 
acquisitions 
£’000 

In respect of 
disposals 
£’000 

Recognised 
in income 
£’000 

Recognised 
in equity 
£’000 

At
3 September
2016
£’000

38 

38 

(42) 
— 
(35) 

(77) 

(39) 

— 

— 

(8) 
— 
— 

(8) 

(8) 

(22) 

(22) 

1,995 
— 
192 

2,187 

2,165 

(877) 

(877) 

(179) 
(193) 
147 

(225) 

(1,102) 

— 

— 

— 
490 
— 

490 

490 

—

—

(1,230)
(56)
(531)

(1,817)

(1,817)

Other deferred tax assets and liabilities includes deferred tax on short term timing differences, rolled over capital gains, trading losses, capital losses, 
business combinations and overseas deferred tax.

70

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17 Deferred tax assets and liabilities (continued)

Movement in deferred tax during the prior year

At 
31 August 
2014 
£’000 

1,507 

1,507 

(2,932) 
(412) 
(767) 

(4,111) 

(2,604) 

Assets:
Other  

Liabilities:
Accelerated tax depreciation 
Employee benefits 
Other 

Net liabilities 

Exchange 
differences 
£’000 

In respect of 
acquisitions 
£’000 

Recognised 
in income 
£’000 

Recognised 
in equity 
£’000 

At
29 August
2015
£’000

118 

118 

(10) 
— 
10 

— 

118 

(32) 

(32) 

(39) 
— 
— 

(39) 

(71) 

(732) 

(732) 

(15) 
(511) 
(78) 

(604) 

(1,336) 

— 

— 

— 
570 
— 

570 

570 

Deferred tax recognised in income includes £155,000 in respect of Carr’s Flour Mills Ltd which was disposed in the current year.

Company 

Accelerated tax  
  depreciation  
Employee benefits  

Tax assets/(liabilities)  

Assets 

2016 
£’000 

2015 
£’000 

2 
— 

2 

3 
—  

3 

Movement in deferred tax during the year

Assets:
Accelerated tax depreciation 

Liabilities:
Employee benefits 

Net liabilities 

Movement in deferred tax during the prior year

2016 
£’000 

— 
(56) 

(56) 

At 
30 August 
2015 
£’000 

3 

(353) 

(350) 

At 
31 August 
2014 
£’000 

 Liabilities 

Net

2015 
£’000 

— 
(353) 

(353) 

2016 
£’000 

2 
(56) 

(54) 

Recognised 
in income 
£’000 

Recognised 
in equity 
£’000 

At
3 September
2016
£’000

(1) 

(193) 

(194) 

— 

490 

490 

Recognised 
in income 
£’000 

Recognised 
in equity 
£’000 

Assets:
Accelerated tax depreciation 

Liabilities:
Employee benefits 

Net liabilities 

3 

— 

(412) 

(409) 

(511) 

(511) 

— 

570 

570 

Tax of £120,000 (2015: £133,000) in respect of tax losses has not been recognised as a deferred tax asset in the Group balance sheet.

Tax of £39,000 (2015: £43,000) in respect of tax losses has not been recognised as a deferred tax asset in the Company balance sheet.

861

861

(2,996)
(353)
(835)

(4,184)

(3,323)

2015
£’000

3
(353)

(350)

2

(56)

(54)

At
29 August
2015
£’000

3

(353)

(350)

71

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

18 Inventories 

Group 

Raw materials and consumables 
Work in progress 
Finished goods and goods for resale  

2016 
£’000 

8,377 
2,800 
22,246 

33,423 

2015
£’000

10,060 
2,382
22,589

35,031

Inventories are stated after a provision for impairment of £651,000 (2015: £414,000). The amount recognised as an expense in the year in respect  
of the write down of inventories is £237,000 (2015: £66,000). The amount recognised as a credit in the year in respect of reversals of write downs  
of inventories is £nil (2015: £9,000).

The cost of inventories recognised as an expense and included in cost of sales is £272,341,000 (2015: £354,656,000).

The Company has no inventories (2015: none).

Construction contracts disclosures

Contract costs incurred plus recognised profits less recognised losses to date 
Contract advances received 

Work in progress on construction contracts 

2016 
£’000 

3,014  
(1,257) 

1,757 

2015
£’000

2,691 
(1,679)

1,012 

Revenue from construction contracts 

21,332 

  23,678  

19  Trade and other receivables

Current:
Trade receivables 
Less: provision for impairment of trade receivables 

Trade receivables – net 
Amounts recoverable on contracts  
Amounts owed by Group undertakings (note 34)  
Amounts owed by other related parties (note 34) 
Loans receivable 
Other taxes and social security receivable 
Other receivables  
Prepayments and accrued income  

Non-current:
Amounts owed by Group undertakings (note 34) 
Other receivables 

Group 

Company

2016 
£’000 

46,980 
(2,100) 

44,880 
5,733 
— 
1,901 
50 
625 
1,121 
2,630 

56,940 

— 
50 

50 

2015 
£’000 

53,428  
(2,070) 

51,358 
3,985 
— 
4,343 
— 
1,141 
1,379 
2,248 

64,454 

— 
50 

50 

2016 
£’000 

— 
— 

— 
— 
16,494 
1,640 
— 
— 
370 
327 

18,831 

17,486 
— 

17,486 

2015
£’000

—
—

—
—
32,740
3,651
—
—
234
220

36,845

—
—

—

The movement in the provision for impaired trade receivables consists of increases for additional provisions offset by receivables written off and 
unused provision released back to the consolidated income statement. The provision is utilised when there is no expectation of recovering 
additional cash.

72

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19  Trade and other receivables (continued)

During the year a charge of £50,000 (2015: credit of £307,000) has been recognised within administrative expenses in the consolidated 
income statement in respect of the movement in provision for impairment of trade receivables.

No impairment of other receivables has been recognised in the current or preceding year.

Interest bearing, non-trading amounts owed by Group undertakings within current trade and other receivables carry interest at Bank of England 
base rate + 2.50%, 4.50% or 4.88%. Such amounts are unsecured and repayable on demand.

Interest bearing, non-trading amounts owed by Group undertakings within non-current receivables carry interest at 4.88% and 6.25%.  
Such amounts are unsecured and have a term of 5 years.

2016 

2015

Gross 
£’000 

Impairment 
£’000 

Past due but 
not impaired 
£’000 

Gross 
£’000 

Impairment 
£’000 

Past due but
not impaired
£’000

The ageing of trade 
 receivables is as  
 follows:

Not past due 
Past due 0 – 30 days 
Past due 31 – 60 days 
Past due 61 – 90 days 
Past due 91 – 120 days 
Past 121 days 

23,273 
9,354 
3,876 
3,569 
2,184 
4,724 

46,980 

(57) 
(23) 
(27) 
(115) 
(69) 
(1,809) 

(2,100) 

N/A 
9,331 
3,849 
3,454 
2,115 
2,915 

35,236 
6,800 
3,724 
2,667 
1,282 
3,719 

(123) 
(82) 
(110) 
(104) 
(83) 
(1,568) 

N/A
6,718
3,614
2,563
1,199
2,151

21,664 

53,428 

(2,070) 

16,245

The Company has no trade receivables (2015: none).

In relation to trade receivables, the major source of estimation uncertainty is the recoverable value of those receivables. The judgements applied  
to this include the credit quality of customers, taking into account their financial positions, past experiences and other relevant factors. Individual 
customer credit limits are imposed based on these factors, and provisions for impairment are made using those judgements. Provisions for impairment 
are reviewed monthly by divisional management. 

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the year end is the carrying value, net of provision for impairment, of each receivable. The Group and  
Company do not hold any significant collateral as security (2015: none).

The carrying value of trade receivables are denominated 
in the following currencies:

Sterling 
US Dollar 
Euro   
New Zealand Dollar 

20 Current tax assets

Corporation tax recoverable  
Group taxation relief  

Group 

2016 
£’000 

2015 
£’000 

Company

2016 
£’000 

2015
£’000

38,404 
1,823 
4,281 
372 

44,880 

2016 
£’000 

303 
— 

303 

47,443 
630 
2,937 
348 

51,358 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

Group 

Company

2015 
£’000 

839 
— 

839 

2016 
£’000 

710 
212 

922 

—
—
—
—

—

2015
£’000

1,256
308

1,564

73

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

21 Cash and cash equivalents and bank overdrafts

Group 

Company

Cash and cash equivalents per the balance sheet  
Bank overdrafts (note 23) 

2016  
£’000 

48,411 
(8,624) 

(Restated) 
2015 
£’000 

20,052 
(3,777) 

Cash and cash equivalents per the statement of cash flows  

39,787 

16,275 

The prior year has been restated by £3,564,000 to gross up bank balances with right of offset within the same facility.

22 Trade and other payables

2016 
£’000 

37,945 
— 

37,945 

Current:
Trade payables  
Payments on account  
Amounts owed to Group undertakings (note 34) 
Amounts owed to other related parties (note 34) 
Other taxes and social security payable  
Deferred employee incentive plan 
Other payables  
Accruals and deferred income  

Non-current:
Contingent consideration 
Accruals and deferred income  

Group 

Company

2016 
£’000 

13,568 
2,497 
— 
20,676 
1,073 
— 
4,193 
4,816 

46,823 

2,394 
274 

2,668 

2015 
£’000 

20,655 
1,279 
— 
18,045 
1,162 
2,324 
5,836 
5,195 

54,496 

2,394 
1,906 

4,300 

2016 
£’000 

— 
— 
37 
— 
442 
— 
355 
1,380 

2,214 

— 
— 

— 

2015
£’000

8,973
—

8,973

2015
£’000

—
—
27
1
683
—
241
963

1,915

—
—

—

Amounts owed to Group undertakings and other related parties are interest free, unsecured and repayable on demand.

The contingent consideration of £2,394,000 on the acquisition of Chirton Engineering Ltd in year ended 2014 remains potentially payable subject
to certain earnings criteria being met. As at 3 September 2016 this criteria was not met and therefore none of this contingent consideration is payable
within one year of the balance sheet date. The earliest that any consideration may fall due would be subsequent to year end 2017. The contingent 
consideration has not been discounted as the impact of discounting is not material.

Included within accruals and deferred income is the following in respect of government grants:

At the beginning of the year  
Subsidiaries disposed 
Received in the year 
Amortisation in the year 

At the end of the year  

Included within:
  Current liabilities 
  Non-current liabilities 

74

Group 

2016 
£’000 

2,008 
(1,581) 
— 
(153) 

274 

— 
274 

274 

2015 
£’000 

1,628 
— 
500 
(120) 

2,008 

102 
1,906 

2,008 

Company

2016 
£’000 

2015
£’000

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

—
—
—
—

—

—
—

—

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23 Borrowings 

Current:
Bank overdrafts  
Bank loans and other borrowings 
Loans from Group undertakings (note 34) 
Other loans from related parties (note 34) 
Finance leases 

Non-current:
Bank loans  
Finance leases  

Borrowings are repayable as follows:
On demand or within one year  
In the second year  
In the third to fifth years inclusive  
Over five years 

Group 

Company

2016 
£’000 

8,624 
12,376 
— 
— 
642 

21,642 

17,108 
1,517 

18,625 

21,642 
1,942 
16,670 
13 

40,267 

(Restated)1 

2015 
£’000 

3,777 
12,270 
— 
500 
2,174 

18,721 

18,444 
7,300 

25,744 

18,721 
3,229 
22,467 
48 

44,465 

2016 
£’000 

— 
513 
5,461 
— 
— 

5,974 

15,889 
— 

15,889 

5,974 
513 
15,376 
— 

21,863 

2015
£’000

—
517
173
—
—

690

16,414
—

16,414

690
517
15,897
—

17,104

Group and Company borrowings are shown in the balance sheet net of arrangement fees of £110,000 (2015: £132,000) of which £37,000 
(2015: £33,000) is deducted from current liabilities and £73,000 (2015: £99,000) is deducted from non-current liabilities.

The net (cash)/borrowings are:
Borrowings as above  
Cash and cash equivalents 

Net (cash)/borrowings  

Group 

Company

2016 
£’000 

(Restated)1 

2015 
£’000 

2016 
£’000 

2015
£’000

40,267 
(48,411) 

44,465 
(20,052) 

21,863 
(37,945) 

17,104
(8,973)

(8,144) 

24,413 

(16,082) 

8,131

Bank loans and other borrowings includes an amount of £9,791,000 (2015: £9,984,000) which is secured on trade receivables. The Company, 
together with certain subsidiaries, act as guarantors on the bank loans. In addition, The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC has legal charges over certain 
properties. Finance lease obligations are secured on the assets to which they relate.

Loans from Group undertakings are non-interest bearing. Such amounts are unsecured and repayable on demand.

Other loans from related parties are non-interest bearing. The bank loans are repayable by instalments and the overdraft is repayable on demand.

Bank loans includes a drawn down revolving credit facility of £15.0m (2015: £15.0m) which is repayable in June 2019. At the year  
end the Group had £4.5m of undrawn revolving credit facilities (2015: £2.0m). 

1 The prior year has been restated by £3,564,000 for the grossing up of cash and cash equivalents and bank overdrafts for accounts with right of offset within the same banking facility.

75

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

24 Derivatives and other financial instruments
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks. The Board reviews and agrees policies for managing its risk. These policies have 
remained unchanged throughout the year. 

Throughout this note the prior year has been restated by £3,564,000 for the grossing up of cash and cash equivalents and bank overdrafts for 
accounts with right of offset within the same banking facility.

Financial Instruments by currency

Group   

Assets  
Other investments 
Non-current receivables 
Current trade and other receivables 
Current derivatives 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Liabilities 
Current borrowings 
Current derivatives 
Current trade and other payables 
Non-current borrowings 
Other non-current liabilities 

Company 

Assets 
Non-current receivables 
Current trade and other receivables 
Current derivatives 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Liabilities 
Current borrowings 
Current trade and other payables 
Non-current borrowings 

US 
Dollar 
£’000 

2016 

Euro 
£’000 

NZ 
Dollar  
£’000 

Total  Sterling  
£’000  £’000 

2015 (Restated)
US  
Dollar 
£’000 

NZ
Dollar 
£’000  £’000 

Euro 

Total
£’000

22 
— 
3,282 
— 
1,319 

— 
— 
4,292 
— 
2,823 

— 
— 

61 
72 
50 
50 
372  53,685  53,596 
— 
— 
531  48,411  15,322 

— 

18 
— 
4,177 
14 
3,080 

— 
— 
2,944 
36 
1,222 

— 
— 

79
50
348  61,065
50
428  20,052

— 

  Sterling 
  £’000 

50 
50 
  45,739 
— 
  43,738 

  89,577 

4,623 

7,115 

903  102,218  69,029 

7,289 

4,202 

776  81,296

  20,179 
— 
  39,697 
  18,625 
  2,394 

205 
11 
1,692 
— 
— 

1,258 
9 
4,361 
— 
— 

—  21,642  17,551 
— 
20 
— 
—  45,750  45,904 
—  18,625  25,744 
2,394  2,394 
— 

213 
72 
3,847 
— 
— 

957 
— 
3,481 
— 
— 

—  18,721
— 
72
—  53,232
—  25,744
2,394
— 

  80,895 

1,908 

5,628 

—  88,431  91,593 

4,132 

4,438 

—  100,163

2016 
US 
Dollar 
£’000 

Euro 
£’000 

Sterling 
£’000 

2015

US  
 Total  Sterling   Dollar 
£’000 
£’000 
£’000 

Euro 

Total
£’000  £’000

—  17,486 
1,207 
— 
210 

15,829 
— 
37,463 

—  17,486 

— 
1,468  18,504  30,697 
— 
8,173 

— 
272  37,945 

— 

— 
4,824 
14 
687 

— 

—
1,104  36,625
30
113  8,973

16 

53,292  18,903 

1,740  73,935  38,870 

5,525 

1,233  45,628

5,974 
1,772 
15,889 

23,635 

— 
— 
— 

— 

5,974 
1,772 

690 
— 
1,232 
— 
—  15,889  16,414 

—  23,635  18,336 

— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
690
—  1,232
—  16,414

—  18,336

Other taxes and social security receivable and prepayments are excluded from trade and other receivables in the tables above as they are not  
financial instruments. For this same reason other taxes and social security payable is excluded from trade and other payables. Deferred income  
in respect of government grants is excluded as it is not a financial liability.

Sensitivity analysis 
The impact of a weakening or strengthening in Sterling against other currencies at the balance sheet date is shown in the table below. The Directors 
consider that a 10% (2015: 10%) weakening or strengthening in Sterling against other currencies represents reasonable possible changes.

Impact on profit after taxation (continuing operations) 
Impact on total equity 

10%  
weakening 
£’000 

709 
3,012 

2016 

10%  
strengthening 
 £’000 

(579) 
(2,463) 

 2015

10%  
weakening  
£’000 

480 
2,521 

10%
strengthening
£’000

(353)
(1,993)

This sensitivity analysis is not an indication of actual results, which may materially differ. For the purposes of this sensitivity analysis all other  
variables have been held constant. 

76

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24 Derivatives and other financial instruments (continued)
Interest rate risk 
The Group finances its operations through a mixture of retained earnings and bank borrowings. The Group borrows in the desired currencies  
at fixed and floating rates of interest.

Group   

Bank overdrafts 
Bank loans and other borrowings 
Other loans 
Finance lease liabilities 

Fixed rate 
Floating rate 
Non-interest bearing 

Weighted 
average 
effective 
interest rate 
% 

2.12 
2.04 
— 
2.60 

Weighted
average
effective 
interest rate 
% 

2.45 
2.16 
— 
2.21 

2016 
£’000 

8,624 
  29,484 
— 
2,159 

40,267 

2,159 
38,108 
— 

40,267 

(Restated)
2015
£’000

3,777
  30,714
500
9,474

44,465

9,474
34,491
500

44,465

The Group’s floating rate financial liabilities bear interest determined as follows: 

Bank overdrafts 
Bank loans and other borrowings 

US prime rate + 1.0% margin; US prime rate + 1.6% margin; Bank of England base rate +1.8% margin
Libor + 1.8%; Libor + 2.0%; Bank of England base rate + 1.25% margin; 1.3%

Company 

Bank loans 
Loans from Group undertakings 

Floating rate 

Weighted 
average 
effective 
interest rate 
% 

2.18 
— 

Weighted
average
effective 
interest rate 
% 

2.39 
— 

2016 
£’000 

16,402 
5,461 

21,863 

2015
£’000

16,931
173

17,104

The Company’s floating rate financial liabilities bear interest determined as follows: 

Bank loans  

Libor + 1.8%

77

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

24 Derivatives and other financial instruments (continued)
Sensitivity analysis
The impact of a decrease or increase in interest rates during the year is shown in the table below. The Directors consider that a 1% movement in 
interest rates represents a reasonable possible change.

2016 

2015

1% decrease 
£’000 

1% increase 
£’000 

1% decrease 
£’000 

1% increase
£’000

Impact on profit after taxation (continuing operations) 
Impact on total equity 

366 
366 

(366) 
(366) 

328 
328 

(328)
(328)

This sensitivity analysis is not an indication of actual results, which may materially differ. For the purposes of this sensitivity analysis all other variables 
have been held constant. 

Liquidity risk 
The Group’s policy throughout the year has been to maintain a mix of short and medium term borrowings. Short-term flexibility is achieved  
by overdraft facilities. In addition it is the Group’s policy to maintain committed undrawn facilities in order to provide flexibility in the management  
of the Group’s liquidity. 

The tables below analyse the Group and Company’s financial liabilities which will be settled on a net basis into relevant maturity groupings based on 
the remaining period at the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the tables are the contractual undiscounted 
cash flows which have been calculated using spot rates at the relevant balance sheet date. 

Group   

Bank overdrafts 
Bank loans and other  
  borrowings 
Other loans 
Finance lease liabilities 
Derivatives 
Trade and other 
  payables 
Other non-current 
  liabilities 

Within 
one 
year 
£’000 

Total 
£’000 

2016  
One to 
two 
years 
£’000  

Two to 
five 
years 
£’000 

Over 
five 
years 
£’000 

Total 
£’000 

2015 (Restated)
One to 
two 
years 
£’000  

Within 
one 
year 
£’000 

Two to 
five 
years 
£’000  

Over
five
years
£’000

8,624 

8,624 

— 

— 

30,632 
— 
2,362 
20 

12,807 
— 
705 
20 

1,726 
— 
668 
— 

16,099 
— 
972 
— 

— 

— 
— 
17 
— 

3,777 

3,777 

— 

— 

32,445 
500 
10,338 
72 

12,768 
500 
2,482 
72 

1,793 
— 
2,131 
— 

17,884 
— 
5,666 
— 

45,750 

45,750 

2,394 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

53,232 

53,232 

— 

2,394 

— 

2,394 

— 

2,394 

— 

— 

89,782 

67,906 

2,394 

19,465 

17  102,758 

72,831 

6,318 

23,550 

—

—
—
59
—

—

—

59

Company 

Bank loans 
Loans from Group undertakings 
Trade and other payables 

2016  

Within 
one 
year 
£’000 

906 
5,461 
1,772 

One to 
two 
years 
£’000  

895 
— 
— 

Two to 
five 
years 
£’000 

15,690 
— 
— 

Total 
£’000 

17,491 
5,461 
1,772 

2015

Within 
one 
year 
£’000 

952 
173 
1,232 

One to 
two 
years 
£’000  

Two to
five
years
£’000

939 
— 
— 

16,642
—
—

Total 
£’000 

18,533 
173 
1,232 

24,724 

8,139 

895 

15,690 

19,938 

2,357 

939 

16,642

Trade and other payables in the tables above exclude other taxes and social security which do not meet the definition of financial liabilities  
under IFRS 7. Deferred income in respect of government grants has also been excluded as it does not give rise to a contractual obligation  
to pay cash.

78

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24 Derivatives and other financial instruments (continued)
Future minimum lease payments of finance leases

Group   

Amount payable: 
Within one year 
In the second year 
In the third to fifth years inclusive 
Over five years 

Less: future finance charges 

Present value of lease obligations 

Repayment profile

2016 
£’000 

705 
668 
972 
17 

2015 
£’000 

2,482 
2,131 
5,666 
59 

2016 
£’000 

642 
616 
888 
13 

2,362 

10,338 

2,159 

(203) 

2,159 

(864)

9,474

2015
£’000

2,174
1,900
5,352
48

9,474

The Company has no finance lease obligations (2015: none). 

Borrowing facilities 
The Group has various undrawn facilities. The undrawn facilities available at 3 September 2016, in respect of which all conditions precedent  
had been met, were as follows:

Expiring in one year or less 
Expiring within two and five years inclusive 

2016 
Floating rate 
£’000 

2015
Floating rate
£’000

18,514 
4,500 

23,014 

17,007
2,000

19,007

The Company’s overdraft is within a Group facility and it is therefore not possible to determine the Company’s undrawn facilities at the balance  
sheet date.

Capital risk management 
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns  
for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an efficient capital structure to optimise the cost of capital. 

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to 
shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.

The Group monitors capital on the basis of the gearing ratio. This ratio is calculated as net debt divided by total equity. Net debt is calculated  
as total borrowings (including current and non-current borrowings) as shown in the consolidated balance sheet less cash and cash equivalents.  
Total equity is as shown in the consolidated balance sheet.

At 3 September 2016 the Group had net cash of £8.1m (2015: net debt of £24.4m). Gearing was 24.7% at the prior year end.

The Group monitors cash balances and net debt on a daily basis to ensure adequate headroom exists on banking facilities and that it is compliant 
with banking covenants. 

Fair value hierarchy
IFRS 13 requires financial instruments that are measured at fair value to be classified according to the valuation technique used:

Level 1 – quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
Level 2 – inputs, other than Level 1 inputs, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived  

from prices) 

Level 3 – unobservable inputs

All derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value using Level 2 inputs. There were no transfers between levels in the above hierarchy  
in either the current or prior year.

The Group holds shares in several private limited companies. These have been classified as unquoted investments for which fair value cannot be 
reliably measured and are held at cost less accumulated impairment. Had fair value been applied this financial asset would have been Level 3.  

79

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

24 Derivatives and other financial instruments (continued)
Fair values of financial assets and liabilities
The fair value of Group and Company financial assets and liabilities are not materially different to book value.

Derivative financial instruments 
Hedge of net investment in foreign subsidiaries
The Group hedges foreign denominated loans against its investment in foreign subsidiaries. A foreign exchange pre-tax gain of £504,000 
(2015: £373,000) was recognised in equity during the year on translation of US dollar denominated loans with a fair value of $24,908,000  
(2015: $7,408,000) to sterling. A foreign exchange pre-tax gain of £183,000 (2015: pre-tax loss of £35,000) was recognised in equity during  
the year on translation of Euro denominated loans with a fair value of €1,750,000 (2015: €1,500,000) to sterling. The Group’s net investment  
hedge was fully effective in both the current and prior year and therefore no gain or loss is recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Currency derivatives 
The Group and Company use forward foreign currency contracts and options to manage exchange risk exposure. At the balance sheet date, the fair 
value of outstanding forward foreign currency contracts and options are as below:

Group    

At beginning of the year 
Subsidiaries disposed 
Losses during the year 

At end of the year 

Included within: 
  Current assets 
  Current liabilities 

Company 

At beginning of the year 
(Losses)/gains during the year 

At end of the year (current assets) 

2016 

2015

Contractual 
or notional 
amount 
£’000 

Fair 
value 
£’000 

Contractual
or notional
amount
£’000

7,402 
(1,305) 
(4,635) 

1,462 

— 
1,462 

1,462 

(15) 
— 
(17) 

(32) 

40 
(72) 

(32) 

515
—
6,887

7,402

5,193
2,209

7,402

2016 

2015

Contractual 
or notional 
amount 
£’000 

5,066 
(5,066) 

— 

Fair 
value 
£’000 

— 
30 

30 

Contractual
or notional
amount
£’000

—
5,066

5,066

Fair 
value 
£’000 

(32) 
146 
(134) 

(20) 

— 
(20) 

(20) 

Fair 
value 
 £’000 

30 
(30) 

— 

The Group uses currency swaps to manage exchange risk exposure. At the balance sheet date, the fair value of outstanding currency swaps are as below:

Group   

At beginning of the year 
(Losses)/gains during the year 

At end of the year (current assets) 

The Company has no currency swaps (2015: none).

2016 

2015

Fair 
value 
 £’000 

10 
(10) 

— 

Contractual 
or notional 
amount 
£’000 

394 
(394) 

— 

Fair 
value 
£’000 

— 
10 

10 

Contractual
or notional
amount
£’000

—
394

394

Fair value has been determined by reference to the value of equivalent forward foreign currency contracts, options and currency swaps at the balance  
sheet date. 

All forward foreign currency contracts, options and currency swaps have a maturity of less than one year after the balance sheet date. Gains and losses  
on currency related derivatives are included within administrative expenses.

80

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25 Retirement benefits
The Group participates in two defined benefit pension schemes, Carr’s Group Pension Scheme and Carrs Billington Agriculture Pension Scheme.

Carr’s Group
The Company sponsors the Carr’s Group Pension Scheme and offered a defined contribution and a defined benefit section. The assets of the scheme 
are held separately from those of the Group and are invested with independent investment managers.

From 1 September 2015 the defined contribution section was closed. Members of that section were enrolled in a new defined contribution scheme, 
the Carr’s Group Retirement Savings Scheme (‘Carr’s Group RSS’), set up under a Master Trust arrangement. The pension expense for the defined 
contribution section of the Carr’s Group Pension Scheme for the year was £nil (2015: £751,000). Contributions totalling £nil (2015: £47,000)  
were payable to the fund at the year end and are included in other payables.

The defined benefit section of the scheme was previously closed to new members, and has closed to future accrual with effect from 31 December 
2015. Members of this section became entitled to become members of the Carr’s Group RSS from 1 January 2016. The pension contribution made 
by the Group over the year to the defined benefit section was £888,000 (2015: £2,679,000). Contributions to the scheme for the year ending 
August 2017 are expected to be £nil.

 The following disclosures relate to the defined benefit section of the Carr’s Group Pension Scheme. The last full actuarial valuation of this scheme 
was carried out by a qualified independent actuary as at 31 December 2014 and updated on an approximate basis to 3 September 2016 by a 
qualified independent actuary. 

Major assumptions: 

Inflation (RPI) 
Inflation (CPI) 
Salary increases 
Rate of discount 
Pension in payment increases: 
  RPI or 5.0% per annum if less 
  RPI or 5.0% per annum if less, minimum 3.0% per annum 

2016 
% 

2.80 
1.90 
n/a 
2.05 

2.80 
3.50 

2015
%

3.00
2.10
2.55
3.80

2.90
3.50

The mortality tables used in the valuation as at 3 September 2016 are 100% of S2PMA (males) and S2PFA (females) with allowance for mortality 
improvements using CMI_2015 with a 1.25%pa underpin. The mortality assumptions adopted imply the following life expectancies at age 65 as at  
3 September 2016:

Males currently age 45 
Females currently age 45 
Males currently age 65 
Females currently age 65 

Amounts recognised in the Income Statement in respect of defined benefit schemes:

Service cost – including current service costs, past service costs and settlements 
Service cost – administrative cost 
Net interest on the net defined benefit asset 

Total (income)/expense 

At 
3 September 
2016 

23.9 years 
26.1 years 
22.2 years 
24.2 years 

At
29 August
2015

24.2 years
26.6 years
22.5 years
24.7 years

2016 
£’000 

(426) 
139 
(94) 

(381) 

2015
£’000

31
230
(141)

120

As a result of the closure to future accrual on 31 December 2015 a negative past service cost, net of associated costs, of approximately £350,000  
has been recognised in the income statement. 

81

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

25 Retirement benefits (continued)
The (income)/expense is recognised within the Income Statement as shown below:

Within operating profit:
  Cost of sales  
  Administrative expenses  
Within interest:
  Finance income 

Total (income)/expense 

Remeasurements of the net defined benefit asset to be shown in the Statement of Comprehensive Income: 

Net measurement – financial 
Net measurement – demographic 
Net measurement – experience 
Return on assets, excluding interest income 

Total remeasurement of the net defined benefit asset 

Amounts included in the Balance Sheet: 

Present value of funded defined benefit obligations 
Fair value of scheme assets  

2016 
£’000 

(124) 
(163) 

(94) 

(381) 

2016 
£’000 

(16,623) 
1,051 
2,012 
10,835 

(2,725) 

2016 
£’000 

(73,355) 
73,666 

2015
£’000

120 
141 

(141)

120

2015 
£’000

(1,700)
—
(699)
(449)

(2,848)

2015
£’000

(60,352)
62,119

Surplus in funded scheme 

311 

1,767

Reconciliation of opening and closing balances of the present value of the defined benefit obligation:

Benefit obligation at the beginning of the year 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Contributions by scheme participants 
Net measurement losses – financial 
Net measurement gains – demographic 
Net measurement (gains)/losses – experience 
Benefits paid 
Past service cost 

Benefit obligation at the end of the year 

Reconciliation of opening and closing balances of the fair value of scheme assets:

Fair value of scheme assets at the beginning of the year 
Interest income on scheme assets 
Return on assets, excluding interest income 
Contributions by employers 
Contributions by scheme participants 
Benefits paid 
Scheme administrative cost 

2016 
£’000 

60,352 
89 
2,239 
61 
16,623 
(1,051) 
(2,012) 
(2,431) 
(515) 

2015
£’000

61,948
301
2,346
190
1,700
—
699
(6,562)
(270)

73,355 

60,352

2016 
£’000 

62,119 
2,333 
10,835 
888 
61 
(2,431) 
(139) 

2015
£’000

64,004
2,487
(449)
2,679
190
(6,562)
(230)

Fair value of scheme assets at the end of the year 

73,666 

62,119

82

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25 Retirement benefits (continued)
Analysis of the scheme assets and actual return:

Equity instruments  
Property  
Bonds  
Cash    

Actual return on scheme assets  

Fair value of assets

2016 
£’000 

34,771 
5,449 
33,401 
45  

73,666 

13,168 

2015
£’000

28,476
5,637
27,177
829

62,119

2,038 

Sensitivity analysis
A sensitivity analysis of the principal assumptions used to measure the scheme liabilities: 

Discount rate 
Rate of inflation 
Assumed life expectancy at age 65 

Change in 
assumption 

Increase by 0.25% 
Increase by 0.25% 
Increase by 1 year 

Impact on
scheme 
liabilities
3 September 2016

Decrease by £2.9m
Increase by £1.9m
Increase by £2.3m

Extrapolation or combination of the sensitivity analysis beyond the ranges shown may not be appropriate.

Characteristics of the Scheme and the risks associated with the Scheme
a)  Information about the characteristics of the Scheme

i.   The Scheme provides pensions in retirement and death benefits to members. Pension benefits are linked to member’s final salary at  

31 December 2015 (or date of leaving, if earlier) revalued up to the members’ retirement date, and their length of service.

ii.  The Plan is a registered scheme under UK legislation and is contracted out of the State Second Pension.

  The Scheme is subject to the scheme funding requirements outlined in UK legislation. The scheme funding valuation of the Scheme at 

31 December 2014 revealed a deficit, and the existing recovery plan was continued to 31 December 2015. 

iii.  The Scheme was established under trust and is governed by the Scheme’s trust deed and rules dated June 2008. The Trustees are responsible 
for the operation and the governance of the Scheme, including making decisions regarding the Scheme’s funding and investment strategy in 
conjunction with the Employer.

b)  Information about risks of the Scheme to the Employer

In general, the risk to the Employer is that the assumptions underlying the disclosures, or the calculation of contribution requirements are not borne  
out in practice and the cost to the Employer is higher than expected. This could result in higher contributions required from the Employer and a higher 
deficit disclosed. This may also impact the Employer’s ability to grant discretionary benefits or other enhancements to members.

i.  The return on the Scheme’s assets being lower than assumed, resulting in an unaffordable increase in the required Employer contribution rate.

ii.  Falls in asset values (particularly equities) not being matched by similar falls in the value of liabilities.

iii.  Unanticipated future changes in mortality patterns leading to an increase in the Scheme’s liabilities. Future mortality rates cannot be predicted 
with certainty. This is especially so bearing in mind that the youngest Scheme members could be expected to still be alive in 50 years or more 
and it is not possible to reliably predict what medical advances may or may not have occurred by this time. The average duration of the Scheme’s 
liabilities is approximately 16 years.

iv.  The potential exercise (by members or others) of options against the Scheme for example taking early retirement or exchanging a portion of  

pension for a cash lump sum.

83

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

25 Retirement benefits (continued)
Carr’s Group Retirement Savings Scheme
The Company offers membership in a Master Trust arrangement, Carr’s Group RSS, following the closure of both sections of the Carr’s Group Pension 
Scheme. The pension expense for this scheme for the year was £902,000, including £189,000 in respect of Carr’s Flour Mills Ltd (2015: £nil).

Carrs Billington Agriculture Pension Scheme
One of the Group’s subsidiaries, Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd, is a participating employer in the Carrs Billington Agriculture Pension Scheme, 
which is a multi-employer defined benefit pension scheme. For the reasons explained below this scheme is accounted for as a defined contribution scheme.

The scheme is closed to new entrants and has been closed to future accrual since 1 December 2007. There is currently a deficit, calculated in 
accordance with IAS 19, of £5.1m (2015: £3.2m). The sponsoring employer, Carrs Billington Agriculture (Operations) Ltd, is currently paying £0.8m per 
annum under the terms of the recovery plan agreed between them and the Trustees of the scheme.

Under the rules of the scheme, any employer wishing to exit the scheme would trigger a partial wind-up of the scheme and would therefore be responsible 
for their s75 debt. A full wind-up of the plan would also trigger s75 debts for each participating employer.

The history of the scheme is that it was brought together from many other pension schemes and employers following multiple acquisitions over several 
years. Many of those acquisitions had little or no records of employee histories. Because of this, approximately 85% of the scheme liabilities are ‘Orphan 
Liabilities’. Under the rules of the scheme, on a wind-up the orphan liabilities would be split between the participating employers in the same proportion 
as their calculated share of non-orphan liabilities. At the last actuarial valuation, the buy-out d eficit was £15.5m and the Group’s estimated liability on 
the wind up of the scheme was £7.5m.

Because of the scheme history described above, it is not possible to calculate the Group’s share of the assets and liabilities of the scheme, and 
consequently despite it being a defined benefit pension scheme the Group treats it as a defined contribution pension scheme for accounting purposes.  
The Group does not expect to pay any contributions to the scheme in the next reporting period (2015: £nil). Currently the deficit repair contributions are 
being funded solely by the sponsoring employer and this is expected to remain the case in the future. Those deficit repair contributions are based on the 
last triennial valuation of the scheme as at 31 December 2012, which showed that the scheme had a deficit of £6.8m on a technical provisions basis. 
The actuarial valuation as at 31 December 2015 is not yet finalised.

The Group’s level of participation in the scheme is estimated at 48.5%, which is based on its estimated share of the total buy-out liabilities. The Group 
has a 49% shareholding in its associate company which is the sponsoring company of the pension scheme. As a result of equity accounting for its share of 
the net assets of the associate the Group recognises 49% of the deficit calculated on an IAS 19 accounting basis within its ‘Investment in Associate’  
in its consolidated balance sheet.

Other pension schemes

Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd offers a Group Personal Pension Plan to some of its employees and the pension expense for this plan in the year 
was £508,000 (2015: £451,000). 

In addition, the Group offered a Group Personal Pension plan to certain employees of Carr’s Flour Mills Ltd. The pension expense for this scheme  
for the year up to the date of disposal of the subsidiary was £205,000 (2015: £208,000). 

The pension expense in respect of defined contribution pension arrangements in foreign subsidiaries during the year was £215,000 (2015: £156,000).  

Pension contributions into NEST during the year amounted to £45,000 (2015: £38,000).

The Group also pays contributions into various defined contribution schemes acquired through business combinations. The pension expense during the 
year in respect of these schemes was £101,000 (2015: £91,000).

26 Share capital

Group and Company 

Authorised:
  Ordinary shares of 2.5p each 

2016 
Shares 

2016 
£’000 

2015 
Shares 

2015
£’000

140,000,000 

3,500 

140,000,000 

3,500

Allotted and fully paid ordinary shares of 2.5p each: 
  At start of the year 
  Allotment of shares 

89,760,090 
1,432,714 

2,244 
36 

89,401,900 
358,190 

At end of the year 

91,192,804 

2,280 

89,760,090 

2,235
9

2,244

The consideration received on the allotment of shares during the year was £532,000 (2015: £171,000).

For details of share based payment schemes see note 27.

Since the year end there was a further allotment of 6,460 shares with a nominal value of £162 due to the exercise of share options. In addition, to 
enable vesting of the Group’s long term incentive plan, on 14 November 2016 178,027 shares with a nominal value of £4,451 were held in treasury.

84

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
27 Share-based payments 
Group
The Group operates two active share based payment schemes at 3 September 2016.

Under the long term incentive plan shares will be awarded to eligible individuals subject to an earnings per share (EPS) target measured against 
average annual increases over a three year period. For the awards granted in May 2013 an average annual growth of EPS must exceed 7.0% for 25%  
of the awards to vest, 50% vest at 8.1% and 100% vest at 10.2%, with a straight line calculation between 25%, 50% and 100% of the award.  
For the awards granted in November 2013, November 2014 and November 2015 an average annual growth of EPS must exceed 3.0% for 25%  
of the awards to vest and 100% vest at 10.0%, with a straight line calculation between 25% and 100% of the award.

All employees, subject to eligibility criteria, may participate in the share save scheme. Under this scheme employees are offered savings contracts  
for both 3 year and 5 year vesting period plans. The exercise period is 6 months from the vesting date.

The fair value per option granted and the assumptions used in the calculation of fair values are as follows:

Long Term 
Incentive Plan 
November 2015  November 2014 November 2013  May 2013 

Long Term 
Incentive Plan 

Long Term 
Incentive Plan 

Long Term 
Incentive Plan 

Share Save 
Scheme 
(3-Year Plan 
2014) 

Share Save 
Scheme 
(5-Year Plan 
2014) 

Share Save 
Scheme 
(5-Year Plan 
2011) 

Grant date 
Share price at grant date 
  (weighted average) 
Exercise price 
  (weighted average) 
Fair value per option at grant 
Number of employees 
Shares under option 
Vesting period (years) 
Model used for valuation 
Expected volatility 
Option life (years) 
Expected life (years) 
Risk-free rate 
Expected dividends 
  expressed as a 
  dividend yield 
Expectations of vesting 

9/11/15 

10/11/14 

11/11/13 

1/5/13 

9/6/14 

9/6/14 

10/5/11 

£1.460 

£1.600 

£1.683 

£1.315 

£1.870 

£1.870 

£0.720 

£0.00 
£1.344 
10 
624,787 
3 
Market value1 
— 
10 
6.5 
— 

£0.00 
£1.504 
8 
512,200 
3 

£0.00 
£1.597 
8 
475,790 
3 

£0.00 
£1.237 
2 
330,790 
3 

£1.520 
£0.490 
167 
428,410 
3 

£1.520 
£0.529 
57 
281,950 
5 

£0.572 
£0.156 
4 
19,390 
5 

Market value1  Market value1  Market value1  Black Scholes  Black Scholes  Black Scholes 

— 
10 
6.5 
— 

— 
10 
6.5 
— 

— 
10 
6.5 
— 

30.0% 
3.5 
3.25 
1.51% 

26.9% 
5.5 
5.25 
2.07% 

24.00% 
5.5 
5.25 
2.450% 

2.54% 
0% 

2.81% 
0% 

3.02% 
25% 

2.42% 
100% 

1.93% 
95% 

1.93% 
95% 

3.90% 
95% 

1 discounted for dividends forgone over the three year vesting period

The expected volatility has been calculated using historical daily data over a term commensurate with the expected life of each option.  
The expected life is the midpoint of the exercise period. The risk-free rate of return is the implied yield of zero-coupon UK Government bonds  
with a remaining term equal to the expected term of the award being valued.

85

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

27 Share-based payments (continued)
Number of options

Long Term 
Incentive Plan 

 Long Term 
 Long Term 
Incentive Plan 
Incentive Plan 
November 2015  November 2014  November 2013 
Number 
’000 

Number 
’000 

Number 
’000 

  Long Term 
Incentive Plan 
May 2013 
Number 
’000 

Share Save 
Scheme 
(3-Year Plan 
2014) 
Number 
’000 

Scheme 

Share Save  Share Save 
Scheme 

Approved
Executive
Share
Option
(5-Year Plan  (5-Year Plan  Scheme
2011)       2006
Number  Number 
’000

2014) 
Number 
’000 

’000 

Outstanding: 
At 30 August 2014 
Granted in the year 
Exercised in the year 
Forfeited in the year 

At 29 August 2015 
Granted in the year 
Exercised in the year 
Forfeited in the year 

At 3 September 2016 

Exercisable: 
At 29 August 2015 

At 3 September 2016 

Weighted average: 
Remaining contractual 
life (years) 

Remaining expected 
life (years) 

—   
—   
—   
—   

— 
625 
— 
— 

625 

— 

— 

—   
512   
—   
—   

512  
— 
— 
— 

512  

— 

— 

 475  
—  
—   
—   

475 
— 
— 
— 

475 

  —   

— 

489   
 —   
 —   
 —   

489 
— 
(158) 
— 

331 

 544    
 —  
 —   
 (40)   

504 
— 
— 
(76) 

428 

 324  

 —    
 —   
 —      

 778  
 —   
 —   
 (43)   

735 
— 
(710) 
(6) 

324 
— 
— 
(42) 

282 

710
 —  
(350)
(150)   

210
— 
(210) 
—

19 

—

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 210 

331 

— 

— 

19 

—

9.00 

8.00 

7.00 

6.00 

1.25 

3.25 

0.25 

5.50 

4.50 

3.50 

2.50 

1.00 

3.00 

— 

The total (income)/expense recognised for the year arising from share based payments are as follows:

Long Term Incentive Plan November 2015 
Long Term Incentive Plan November 2014 
Long Term Incentive Plan November 2013 
Long Term Incentive Plan May 2013 
Share Save Scheme (3-Year Plan 2014) 
Share Save Scheme (5-Year Plan 2014) 
Share Save Scheme (5-Year Plan 2011) 

2016 
£’000 

— 
(128) 
(63) 
— 
52 
23 
20 

(96) 

86

—

—

2015
£’000

—
128
127 
202
77
33
17

584

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
27 Share-based payments (continued)
Company
The movement in the number of outstanding options under the share schemes for the company is not shown as it is immaterial and disclosure  
would be excessively lengthy.

The total expense recognised for the year arising from share based payments are as follows:

Long Term Incentive Plan November 2015  
Long Term Incentive Plan November 2014 
Long Term Incentive Plan November 2013 
Long Term Incentive May Plan 2013 
Share Save Scheme (3-Year Plan 2014)  
Share Save Scheme (5-Year Plan 2014) 
Share Save Scheme (5-Year Plan 2011) 

2016 
£’000 

— 
(84) 
(41) 
— 
3 
2 
1 

(119) 

2015
£’000

—
84
83 
137
11 
1
1

317

Share based payments awarded to employees of subsidiary undertakings and recognised as an investment in subsidiary undertakings in the  
Company are as follows:

Long Term Incentive Plan November 2015  
Long Term Incentive Plan November 2014 
Long Term Incentive Plan November 2013 
Long Term Incentive Plan May 2013 
Share Save Scheme (3-Year Plan 2014) 
Share Save Scheme (5-Year Plan 2014) 
Share Save Scheme (5-Year Plan 2011) 
Approved Executive Share Option Scheme 2006  

Total carrying amount of investments 

2016 
£’000 

2015
£’000

— 
— 
49 
— 
104 
48 
3 
— 

204 

—
45
88
195
83
39
87
21

558

28 Acquisitions
Green (Agriculture) Co
On 4 September 2015 Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd acquired the business and certain assets of Green (Agriculture) Co for net cash 
consideration of £265,000.

The principal activity of the business acquired is that of an agricultural merchant. 

The primary reason for the business combination was the expansion of the existing agriculture business.

Phoenix Feeds Ltd
On 1 June 2016 Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd acquired the entire issued share capital of Phoenix Feeds Ltd for cash consideration of 
£1,744,000 including £490,000 of contingent consideration. The contingent consideration is linked to the continued employment of key personnel 
and therefore in accordance with IFRS 3 this has not been recognised as consideration in the acquisition accounting and is instead being recognised  
in the income statement over a two year period. Given the nature of the payment it is intended to recognise this as a non-recurring item.

The principal activity of Phoenix Feeds Ltd is that of an agricultural merchant.

The primary reason for the business combination was the expansion of the existing agriculture business.

WM. Nicholls & Company (Crickhowell) Ltd
In the prior year Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd acquired the entire issued share capital of WM. Nicholls & Company (Crickhowell) Ltd.  
As a condition of this acquisition the assets and liabilities not required by the Group were sold back to the vendor. The net cash consideration for  
this entire transaction was £1,030,000. 

The principal activity of WM. Nicholls & Company (Crickhowell) Ltd is that of an agricultural merchant. 

The primary reason for the business combination was the expansion of the existing agriculture business.

87

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

28 Acquisitions (continued)
Reid and Robertson Ltd
In the prior year Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd acquired the entire issued share capital of Reid and Robertson Ltd for cash 
consideration of £869,000. 

The principal activity of Reid and Robertson Ltd is that of an agricultural merchant. 

The primary reason for the business combination was the expansion of the existing agriculture business.

All of the above purchases have been accounted for as acquisitions. Given the size of the acquisitions no separate disclosure has been presented  
on the face of the consolidated income statement as the impact would not be material. 

Aggregate disclosures 
The total goodwill arising from acquisitions in the year amounts to £783,000 (2015: £1,050,000). Goodwill, in both the current and prior year, 
represents the excess of the consideration paid over the Group’s interests in the net fair value of the net identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent 
liabilities acquired.

The following aggregated amounts have been recognised within the consolidated income statement in respect of acquisitions made in the year:

Revenue  
Profit before taxation 

2016 
£’000 

1,868 
76 

2015
£’000

3,589
85

There were no other recognised gains and losses other than the profit shown above.

Acquisition related costs amounted to £7,000 (2015: £58,000), which have been recognised within administrative expenses in the consolidated 
income statement.

The aggregate assets and liabilities recognised in the acquisition accounting are set out below:

Intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Inventories 
Receivables 
Assets held for resale 
Cash at bank 
Bank overdraft 
Payables 
Finance Leases 
Taxation  
– Current 
– Deferred 

Net assets acquired 
Goodwill 

Satisfied by: 
Cash consideration 

2016 
Fair value 
£’000 

2015
Fair value
£’000

39  
25 
118  
1,144  
—  
— 
(12) 
(541) 
— 

(29) 
(8) 

736  
783 

1,519 

 162
118 
549
1,493 
116 
150 
— 
(1,431)
(37)

(200) 
(71)

849 
1,050 

1,899  

1,519 

1,899

Intangible assets represents the fair value of customer relationships of Phoenix Feeds Ltd. The fair value exercise on the acquisition of the business  
of Greens (Agriculture) Co. in the year resulted in no significant intangible assets being identified other than the value of employees,  
which is not permitted to be recognised on the balance sheet. 

Assets held for resale were sold before the prior year end.

88

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
28 Acquisitions (continued)
Pro forma full year information
IFRS3 (revised) requires disclosure of information as to the impact on the financial statements if the acquisitions had occurred at the beginning  
of the accounting year.

The unaudited pro forma summary below presents the Group as if the acquisitions had been acquired on 30 August 2015 (2015: 31 August 2014).

The pro forma amounts include the results of the acquisitions and the interest expense on the increase in net debt as a result of the acquisitions.  
The pro forma amounts do not include any possible synergies from the acquisition. The pro forma information is provided for comparative purposes 
only and does not necessarily reflect the actual results that would have occurred, nor is it necessarily indicative of future results.

Continuing operations 

Revenue  
Profit before taxation 

29 Cash generated from/(used in) continuing operations 

Profit for the year from continuing operations 
Adjustments for:
Tax  
Tax credit in respect of R & D 
Dividends received from subsidiaries  
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
Depreciation of investment property 
Intangible asset amortisation  
Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Loss on disposal of investment 
Loss on dissolution of dormant subsidiary 
Profit on disposal of subsidiary 
Impairment of investment 
Amortisation of grants 
Net fair value (gain)/loss on share based payments  
Net foreign exchange differences  
Net fair value losses/(gains) on derivative financial instruments  
  in operating profit 
Finance costs: 
  Interest income 
  Interest expense and borrowing costs  
Share of profit from associate and joint ventures  
Pension contributions – deficit reduction  

– ongoing 

IAS19 income statement (credit)/charge (excluding interest) 
  (note 25) 
Changes in working capital (excluding the effects of  
  acquisitions and disposals):
Increase in inventories 
(Increase)/decrease in receivables 
(Decrease)/increase in payables 

Cash generated from/(used in) continuing operations 

2016 
£’000 

318,672 
14,172 

2015
£’000

335,014
14,243

Group 

2016 
£’000 

2015 
£’000 

Company

2016 
£’000 

11,171 

10,680 

26,362 

2,907 
(176) 
— 
3,582 
6 
205 
(84) 
10 
— 
— 
— 
(53) 
(99) 
(383) 

70 

(236) 
1,045 
(2,081) 
(780) 
(108) 

(287) 

(1,620) 
(3,606) 
(3,226) 

6,257 

3,010 
(292) 
— 
3,180 
6 
193 
(14) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(20) 
520 
53 

(65) 

(338) 
1,077 
(2,307) 
(2,340) 
(339) 

261 

(1,886) 
63 
(2,322) 

9,120 

58 
— 
(19,935) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
85 
(6,478) 
— 
— 
(119) 
(732) 

30 

(959) 
464 
— 
(780) 
(108) 

(287) 

— 
(193) 
293 

2015
£’000

2,870

232
—
(4,200)
—
—
—
—
— 
— 
— 
846
—
317
(341)

(30)

(1,028)
435
—
(2,340)
(339)

261

—
(162)
564

(2,299) 

(2,915)

89

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

30 Analysis of net (debt)/cash

Group 

Cash and cash equivalents  
Bank overdrafts 

Loans and other borrowings:  
 – current 
 – non-current 

Finance leases: 
 – current 
 – non-current 

Net (debt)/cash 

At 
30 August 
2015 
£’000 

20,052 
(3,777) 

16,275 

(12,770) 
(18,444) 

(2,174) 
(7,300) 

Cash flow 
£’000 

27,441 
(4,847) 

22,594 

1,902 
— 

2,333 
— 

(24,413) 

26,829 

Other 
non-cash 
changes 
£’000 

Exchange 
movements 
£’000 

At
3 September
2016
£’000

— 
— 

— 

(1,374) 
1,336 

(801) 
5,783 

4,944 

918 
— 

918 

(134) 
— 

— 
— 

784 

48,411
(8,624)

39,787

(12,376)
(17,108)

(642)
(1,517)

8,144

Cash and cash equivalents and bank overdrafts at 30 August 2015 have been restated for the grossing up of accounts with right of offset within  
the same banking facility.

 Other non-cash changes relate to finance leases, including finance leases disposed with a subsidiary, and transfers between categories of borrowings. 
It also includes the release of deferred borrowing costs to the consolidated income statement. 

Company 

At 
30 August 
2015 
£’000 

Cash flow 
£’000 

Other 
non-cash 
changes 
£’000 

Exchange 
movements 
£’000 

Cash and cash equivalents  

8,973 

28,925 

— 

Loans and other borrowings: 
 – current 
 – non-current 

(690) 
(16,414) 

(4,803) 
— 

Net (debt)/cash 

(8,131) 

24,122 

(481) 
525 

44 

47 

— 
— 

47 

At
3 September
2016
£’000

37,945

(5,974)
(15,889)

16,082

Other non-cash changes relate to the release of deferred borrowing costs to the consolidated income statement and transfers between categories  
of borrowings.

31 Capital Commitments

Group 

Capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment that has been contracted 
  for but has not been provided for in the accounts  

The Company has no capital commitments (2015: none).

2016 
£’000 

2015
£’000

56 

22

32 Other Financial Commitments 
Group
At 3 September 2016 the Group had commitments, other than land and buildings, under non-cancellable operating leases as follows:

Within one year  
Within two and five years inclusive  

The Company has no commitments under non-cancellable operating leases (2015: none).

90

2016 
£’000 

453 
748 

1,201 

2015
£’000

695
1,104

1,799

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
33 Financial guarantees
 The Company, together with certain subsidiary undertakings, has entered into a guarantee with Clydesdale Bank PLC in respect of the Group loans, 
overdraft, asset finance and guarantee facilities with that bank, which at 3 September 2016 amounted to £3,980,000 (2015: £8,152,000). 

Certain subsidiary undertakings utilise guarantee facilities with financial institutions which include their own bankers. These financial institutions in 
the normal course of business enter into certain specific guarantees with some of the subsidiaries’ customers. All these guarantees allow the financial 
institutions to have recourse to the subsidiaries if a guarantee is enforced. The total outstanding of such guarantees at 3 September 2016 was  
£3,284,000 (2015: £1,453,000).

The Company has provided specific guarantees to certain customers of a subsidiary. These are in place to guarantee the completion of the contract 
in any event. At 3 September 2016 the contracts under guarantee that have still to be completed and delivered have a total contract value of £nil 
(2015: £9,521,000).

The Company has provided a guarantee over the lease of a premises occupied by a subsidiary. The guarantee is in respect of prompt and full 
payment of rents due throughout the term of the lease. As at 3 September 2016 the cumulative rent payable over the remaining term of the lease  
is £1,455,000 (2015: £1,494,000).

 The Company has entered into a guarantee with the Trustees of the Carrs Billington Agriculture Pension Scheme in respect of the punctual payment 
of obligations due to the pension scheme by the participating employers of the scheme. The Company’s total liability shall not exceed £1,500,000 
(2015: £1,500,000).

One of the Group’s subsidiary undertakings is a participating employer in the Carrs Billington Agriculture Pension Scheme. On a wind-up of the 
scheme the buy-out deficit would be split between the participating employers with the Group’s level of participation in the scheme estimated at 
48.5%. At the last actuarial valuation, the Group’s estimated liability on the wind-up of the scheme was £7.5m (2015: £7.6m).

 The Group and Company does not expect any of the above guarantees to be called in.

34 Related parties 
Group and Company
Identity of related parties
The Group has a related party relationship with its subsidiaries, associate and joint ventures and with its Directors. The balances and transactions 
shown below were all undertaken on an arm’s length basis in the normal course of business.

Transactions with key management personnel
Key management personnel are considered to be the Directors and their remuneration is disclosed within the Remuneration Committee Report.

Group 

2016 
£’000 

2015 
£’000 

Company

2016 
£’000 

2015
£’000

Balances reported in the Balance Sheet

Amounts owed by businesses controlled by key management 
  personnel (in a trading capacity): 
Trade receivables 

Transactions reported in the Income Statement

75 

109 

Revenue  

167 

204 

— 

— 

—

—

91

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

34 Related parties (continued)
Transactions with subsidiaries

Company

2016 
£’000 

2015
£’000

33,861 
119 

33,980 

(5,461) 
(37) 

(5,498) 

2,489 
19,935 
756 

32,602
138

32,740

(173)
(27)

(200)

2,520
4,200
744

Group 

2016 
£’000 

2015 
£’000 

Company

2016 
£’000 

2015
£’000

152 

623 

(20,665) 

(18,036) 

647 
19 
45 
(202) 
(99,192) 

967 
19 
91 
(189) 
(92,235) 

12 

— 

— 
— 
45 
— 
— 

555

(1)

—
—
44
(8)
—

Balances reported in the Balance Sheet

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings:
Loans   
Other receivables 

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings:
Loans   
Other payables  

Transactions reported in the Income Statement

Management charges receivable 
Dividends received  
Interest receivable  

Transactions with associate

Balances reported in the Balance Sheet

Amounts owed by associate:
Trade and other receivables  

Amounts owed to associate:
Trade and other payables 

Transactions reported in the Income Statement

Revenue  
Rental income  
Management charges receivable 
Management charges payable 
Purchases 

92

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
34 Related parties (continued) 
Transactions with joint ventures

Balances reported in the Balance Sheet

Amounts owed by joint ventures:
Trade and other receivables 

Amounts owed to joint ventures:
Trade and other payables 

Group 

2016 
£’000 

2015 
£’000 

Company

2016 
£’000 

2015
£’000

1,674 

3,611 

1,628 

3,096

(11) 

(9) 

— 

—

Included within Group trade and other receivables is £1,627,000 (2015: £3,584,000) in respect of loans owed by joint ventures. 

Included within Company trade and other receivables is £1,627,000 (2015: £3,095,000) in respect of loans owed by joint ventures.

Transactions reported in the Income Statement

Revenue 
Management charges receivable 
Purchases 

Group 

2016 
£’000 

2015 
£’000 

Company

2016 
£’000 

2015
£’000

56 
125 
(1,116) 

147 
110 
(1,093) 

— 
— 
— 

—
—
—

Transactions with other related parties
Other loans of £nil (2015: £500,000) included within current borrowings is in respect of a loan from Edward Billington and Son Ltd to Carrs 
Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd. This loan is interest free and unsecured. Edward Billington and Son Ltd has a 49% shareholding in Carrs Billington 
Agriculture (Sales) Ltd.

35 Post balance sheet event
On 24 October 2016, after the year end, the Group acquired the entire issued share capital of STABER GmbH, one of the primary suppliers  
to its German engineering business, including all of its associated intellectual property for €7.85 million of which €2.0 million will be deferred,  
until at the latest 30 June 2018.  

The acquisition will provide the Group with specialised IP relating to high quality, niche robotics and design technology and will further enhance  
the capability of the German business and its long term operational performance. 

Given that this has been a recent acquisition the identifiable assets and liabilities at completion and goodwill have yet to be finalised. The Directors 
therefore consider it impracticable to be able to disclose this information in these financial statements.

93

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIVE YEAR STATEMENT

Continuing operations 
Revenue and Results 

(Restated) 
2012 
£’000 

(Restated)1 

2013 
£’000 

(Restated) 
2014 
£’000 

(Restated)2
2015 
£’000 

2016
£’000

Revenue  

323,581 

373,906 

341,849 

331,285 

314,907

Group operating profit  

11,153 

11,529 

11,638 

12,090 

12,770

Analysed as:
Operating profit before non-recurring items
  and amortisation 
Non-recurring items and amortisation 

11,388 
(235) 

11,763 
(234) 

11,937 
(299) 

12,341 
(251) 

Group operating profit  

11,153 

11,529 

11,638 

12,090 

Profit on the disposal of property and investment 
Finance income 
Finance costs 
Share of post-tax profit in associate 
  and joint ventures 

237 
673 
(1,168) 

— 
513 
(1,379) 

— 
264 
(1,171) 

— 
338 
(1,045) 

1,381 

2,819 

2,486 

2,307 

Profit before taxation  
Taxation 

12,276 
(2,938) 

13,482 
(2,989) 

13,217 
(2,873) 

13,690 
(3,010) 

Profit for the year from continuing operations 

9,338 

10,493 

10,344 

10,680 

Profit for the year from discontinued operations 

565 

1,822 

2,549 

3,013 

Profit for the year 

9,903 

12,315 

12,893 

13,693 

Ratios (continuing operations)
Operating margin (excluding non-recurring items
   and amortisation) 
Return on net assets (excluding non-recurring  
   items and amortisation)  
Earnings per share  – basic3 

Dividends per ordinary share3 

– adjusted3 

3.5% 

19.9% 
9.0p 
9.1p 
2.9p 

3.1% 

19.7% 
9.7p 
9.9p 
3.2p 

3.5% 

18.8% 
9.9p 
10.2p 
3.4p 

3.7% 

17.9% 
10.0p 
10.2p 
3.7p 

12,982
(212)

12,770

—
236
(1,009)

2,081

14,078
(2,907)

11,171

2,817

13,988

4.1%

18.9%
10.7p
10.9p
3.8p

Revenue and results included in the table above have been restated to reflect the disposal of Carr’s Flour Mills Ltd. The profit after taxation from this 
business has been included within profit for the year from discontinued operations.

1 Restated for IAS 19 revised

2 Restated for the reclassification to interest income of the net interest on the net defined benefit retirement asset previously recognised within operating profit

3 Restated for the effect of the 10:1 share split in January 2015

94

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net assets employed 

Non-current assets
Goodwill  
Other intangible assets  
Property, plant and equipment  
Investment property 
Investments  
Financial assets
– Non-current receivables  
Retirement benefit asset 
Deferred tax assets  

Current assets
Inventories  
Trade and other receivables  
Current tax assets  
Financial assets
– Derivative financial instruments 
– Cash and cash equivalents 

2012 
£’000 

5,199 
728 
37,158 
1,005 
8,081 

2 
— 
2,480 

2013 
£’000 

5,215 
615 
53,068 
675 
10,395 

1 
— 
2,044 

2014 
£’000 

9,798 
499 
56,626 
656 
11,796 

501 
2,056 
1,507 

(Restated) 
2015 
£’000 

10,849 
448 
58,385 
636 
13,530 

50 
1,767 
861 

2016
£’000

11,440
286
35,811
182
14,996

50
311
—

54,653 

72,013 

83,439 

86,526 

63,076

27,128 
59,651 
— 

— 
23,294 

33,445 
66,434 
178 

2 
22,884 

33,315 
63,623 
47 

— 
17,268 

35,031 
64,454 
839 

50 
20,052 

33,423
56,940
303

—
48,411

110,073 

122,943 

114,253 

120,426 

139,077

Total assets  

164,726 

194,956 

197,692 

206,952 

202,153

Current liabilities
Financial liabilities
– Borrowings 
– Derivative financial instruments 
Trade and other payables 
Current tax liabilities 

Non-current liabilities
Financial liabilities
– Borrowings 
Retirement benefit obligation  
Deferred tax liabilities 
Other non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets  

(14,176) 
(309) 
(56,108) 
(1,552) 

(15,545) 
(8) 
(58,282) 
(1,639) 

(19,688) 
(15) 
(54,236) 
(1,631) 

(18,721) 
(72) 
(54,496) 
(472) 

(21,642)
(20)
(46,823)
(470)

(72,145) 

(75,474) 

(75,570) 

(73,761) 

(68,955)

(11,573) 
(5,351) 
(3,733) 
(4,064) 

(29,448) 
(3,272) 
(3,765) 
(4,956) 

(22,189) 
— 
(4,111) 
(5,995) 

(25,744) 
— 
(4,184) 
(4,300) 

(18,625)
—
(1,817)
(2,668)

(24,721) 

(41,441) 

(32,295) 

(34,228) 

(23,110)

(96,866) 

(116,915) 

(107,865) 

(107,989) 

(92,065)

67,860 

78,041 

89,827 

98,963 

110,088

The prior year has been restated for the grossing up of cash and cash equivalents and bank overdrafts, included within current borrowings, for accounts 
with right of offset within the same banking facility.

95

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORY OF OPERATIONS

Carr’s Group plc 
Old Croft, Stanwix, Carlisle, 
Cumbria CA3 9BA 
Tel:  01228 554600 
Fax:  01228 554601 
Web: www.carrsgroup.com

Animal Feed Supplement, Inc 
East Highway 212,  
PO Box 188, Belle Fourche, 
South Dakota 57717 USA 
Tel:  001 605 892 3421 
Fax:  001 605 892 3473

Animal Feed Supplement, Inc 
PO Box 105, 101 Roanoke 
Avenue, Poteau,  
Oklahoma 74953 USA 
Tel:  001 918 647 8133 
Fax:  001 918 647 7318

Animal Feed Supplement, Inc 
PO Box 569, 1700 US  
50 East, Silver Springs,  
Nevada 89429 
Tel:  001 775 577 2002 
Fax:  001 775 577 4625

Caltech 
Solway Mills, Silloth,  
Wigton, Cumbria CA7 4AJ 
Tel:  016973 32592 
Fax:  016973 32339

Scotmin
13 Whitfield Drive,  
Heathfield Ind Est,  
Ayr KA8 9RX 
Tel:  01292 280 909 
Fax:  01292 280 919

Aminomax 
Old Croft, Stanwix, Carlisle  
Tel:  01228 554 600   
Fax:  01228 554 601

Horslyx LLC
810 Waterman Drive, 
Watertown New York  
13601, USA 
Tel:  001 315 785 3625
Fax:  001 315 785 3627

Gold-Bar Feed  
Supplements LLC*
783 Eagle Boulevard, 
Shelbyville, TN 37160, USA
Tel:  001 877 618 6455
Fax:  001 877 618 6489

Crystalyx Products GmbH* 
Am Stau 199-203, 26122, 
Oldenburg, Germany 
Tel: 00 49 441 2188 92142
Fax: 00 49 441 2188 92177

ACC Feed Supplement LLC* 
5101 Harbor Drive,
Sioux City, Iowa 51111 
Tel:  001 712 255 6927 
Fax:  001 712 252 4845

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Operations)** 
Parkhill Road, Kingstown  
Ind Est, Carlisle CA3 0EX 
Tel:  01228 529 021   
Fax:  01228 554 397 

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Operations)** 
Lansil Way, Lancaster  
LA1 3QY
Tel:  01524 597 200   
Fax:  01524 597 229

96

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Operations)** 
High Mill, Langwathby, 
Penrith CA10 1NB
Tel:  01768 889 800   
Fax:  01768 889 887

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Operations)** 
Cold Meece,  
Stone ST15 0QW
Tel:  01785 760 535   
Fax:  01785 760 888

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Annan 
2 Annan Business Park, 
Annan, Dumfriesshire  
DG12 6TZ
Tel:  01461 202 772   
Fax:  01461 202 712

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Appleby
Crosscroft Industrial Estate,  
Appleby, Cumbria CA16 6HX
Tel:  01768 352 999

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Barnard Castle 
Montalbo Road, Barnard 
Castle, Co Durham DL12 8ED 
Tel:  01833 637 537   
Fax:  01833 638 010

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Bakewell
Unit 4-6, Kingfisher Building, 
Buxton Road, Bakewell, 
Derbyshire DE45 1GZ
Tel:  01629 814 126
Fax:  01629 814 804

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Berwick upon Tweed 
29 Northumberland Road,
Berwick upon Tweed,
Northumberland TD15 2AS 
Tel:  01289 307 245   
Fax:  01289 305 727

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Brecon
Warren Road Stores,  
Warren Road, Brecon,  
Powys, LD3 8EF
Tel: 01874 623470

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Brock 
Brockholes Way, Claughton 
Trading Estate, Lancaster Old 
Road, Claughton on Brock, 
Preston PR3 0PZ 
Tel:  01995 643 200   
Fax:  01995 643 220

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Carlisle 
Montgomery Way, Rosehill 
Estate, Carlisle CA1 2UY 
Tel:  01228 520 212   
Fax:  01228 817 800

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Cockermouth 
Unit 5, Lakeland Agricultural 
Centre, Cockermouth CA13 0QQ 
Tel:  01900 824 105   
Fax:  01900 826 860

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Gisburn 
Pendle Mill, Mill Lane, 
Gisburn, Clitheroe,  
Lancashire BB7 4LN 
Tel:  01200 445 491
Fax:  01200 445 305

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Hawes 
Burtersett Road, Hawes,  
North Yorkshire DL8 3NP 
Tel:  01969 667 334   
Fax:  01969 667 335 

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Hexham 
Tyne Mills Industrial Estate, 
Hexham, Northumberland  
NE46 1XL 
Tel:  01434 605 371   
Fax:  01434 608 938

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Jedburgh 
Mounthooly, Crailing,
Jedburgh, TD8 6TJ 
Tel:  01835 850 250   
Fax:  01835 850 748

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Kendal 
Unit 1, J36, Rural Auction  
Centre, Crooklands,  
Kendal, Cumbria LA7 7FP
Tel:  01539 566 035
Fax:  01539 566 042

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Leek 
Macclesfield Road, Leek, 
Staffordshire ST13 8NR 
Tel:  01538 383 277
Fax:  01538 385 731

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Malton 
31 Horsemarket, Malton,
North Yorkshire YO17 7NB
Tel:  01653 600 328
Fax:  01653 690 338

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Milnathort 
Stirling Road, Milnathort,  
Kinross KY13 9UZ 
Tel:  01577 862 381   
Fax:  01577 863 057

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Morpeth 
Unit 20c Coopies Lane  
Industrial Estate, Morpeth, 
Northumberland NE61 6JN 
Tel:  01670 503 930   
Fax:  01670 504 404

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Morpeth (Greens)
Old Station Buildings, 
Coopies Lane, Morpeth, 
Northumberland, NE61 2SL
Tel: 01670 518474/84

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Penicuik
Unit 2, 4 Eastfield Farm 
Road, Penicuik,  
Midlothian EH26 8EZ
Tel: 01968 707 040

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Penrith
Haweswater Road, Penrith 
Industrial Estate, Penrith,
Cumbria CA11 9EU
Tel:  01768 866 354
Fax:  01768 899 345

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Perth 
17/18 Arran Place, Arran 
Road, Perth PH1 3RN 
Tel:  01738 866 354
Fax: 01738 442 122

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Rothbury
The Store, Coquet View,  
Rothbury, Morpeth, 
Northumberland, NE65 7RZ
Tel: 01669 621150

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Selkirk
The Former Baxter’s Unit, 
Dunsdale Haugh, Selkirk, 
Selkirkshire, TD7 5EF
Tel: 01750 720 734

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Settle 
Unit 6, The Sidings  
Industrial Estate, Settle,  
North Yorkshire BD24 9RP 
Tel:  01729 825 812 
Fax:  01729 825 812

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Skipton 
Skipton Auction Mart,  
Gargrave Road, Skipton,  
North Yorkshire BD23 1UD
Tel:  01756 792 166
Fax:  01756 701 008 

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Spennymoor
Southend Works, Byers Green, 
Spennymoor, Co. Durham, 
DL16 7NL
Tel: 01388 662 266
Fax: 01388 603 743

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Stirling
Stirling Agricultural Centre,
Stirling FK9 4RN
Tel: 01786 474 826
Fax: 01786 472 933

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Wigton
Hopes Auction Co Ltd., 
Skye Road, Wigton, 
Cumbria, CA7 9NS
Tel: 016973 45874

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Wooler
Bridge End, South Road,
Wooler, Northumberland,
NE71 6QE
Tel: 01668 281 567
Fax: 01668 283 453

Pheonix Feeds, a division  
of Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales)
1 Station Park, Ramsgreave 
Road, Blackburn,  
Lancashire BB1 9BH
Tel: 01254 240 888

Reid & Robertson, a division 
of Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales)
Ballagan, Stirling Road, 
Balloch, G83 8LY
Tel: 01389 752800

Workware
Kingstown Broadway,
Kingstown Industrial Estate,
Carlisle CA3 0HA
Tel: 01228 591 091
Fax: 01228 590 026

Wallace Oils, Carlisle
Kingstown Broadway,
Kingstown Industrial Estate,
Carlisle CA3 0HA
Tel: 01228 534 342
Fax: 01228 590 820

Johnstone Wallace Fuels,
Castle Douglas
Abercromby Industrial  
Park, Castle Douglas, 
Dumfriesshire,
DG7 1BA

Johnstone Wallace Fuels,
Dumfries
Dargavel Stores,  
Lockerbie Road,  
Dumfries, Dumfriesshire  
DG1 3PG
Tel: 01387 750 747
Fax: 01387 750 747

Johnstone Wallace Fuels,
Stranraer
Droughduil, Dunragit,
Stranraer DG9 8QA

Afgritech LLC*
810 Waterman Drive, 
Watertown,
New York 13601, USA
Tel: 001 315 785 3625
Fax: 001 315 785 3627

Bibby Agriculture*
Priory House, 
Priory Street,
Carmarthen SA31 1NE
Tel: 01267 232 041
Fax: 01267 232 374

Bibby Agriculture*
1A Network House,
Badgers Way, Oxon  
Business Park, Shrewsbury,  
Shropshire, SY3 5AB
Tel: 01743 237 890
Fax: 01743 351 552

Bendalls
Brunthill Road,
Kingstown Industrial Estate,
Carlisle CA3 0EH
Tel: 01228 526 246
Fax: 01228 525 634

R Hind
Kingstown Broadway,
Kingstown Industrial Estate,
Carlisle CA3 0HA
Tel: 01228 523 647
Fax: 01228 512 712

Carrs MSM
Unit 1 Spitfire Way,  
Hunts Rise, South  
Marston Park, Swindon,
Wiltshire SN3 4TX
Tel: 01793 824 891
Fax: 01793 824 894

Chirton Engineering
Unit 4A, High Flatworth,  
Tyne Tunnel Trading Estate,
North Shields, Tyne & Wear,  
NE29 7SW
Tel: 0191 296 2020

Wälischmiller 
Engineering GmbH
Schießstattweg 16, 88677
Markdorf, Germany
Tel: 0049 7544 95140
Fax: 0049 7544 951499

Silloth Storage Company*
Station Road, Silloth,
Wigton, Cumbria, CA7 4JQ

* joint venture company
** associate company

CARR’S GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

REGISTERED OFFICE AND ADVISERS

Registered Office
Carr’s Group plc
Old Croft, Stanwix,
Carlisle,
CA3 9BA
Registered No. 98221

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Central Square South,
Orchard Street,
Newcastle upon Tyne,
NE1 3AZ

Bankers
Clydesdale Bank PLC
82 English Street,
Carlisle,
CA3 8HP

The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC
37 Lowther Street,
Carlisle,
CA3 8EL

DORMANT SUBSIDIARIES

Company Name
B. E. Williams Ltd
Caltech Biotechnology Ltd
Carrs Animal Feed Supplements Ltd
Carrs Feeds Ltd
Carrs Fertilisers Ltd 
Carr’s International Industries Ltd
Carr’s Milling Industries Ltd
Carrs Milling Ltd
Carrs Natural Feeds Ltd 
Chirton Engineering Ltd
Forsyths of (Wooler) Ltd 
Greens Flour Mills Ltd 
Johnstone Fuels and Lubricants Ltd
Phoenix Feeds Ltd
R Hind Ltd
Reid and Robertson Ltd 
Robert Hutchison Ltd 
Safe at Work Ltd
Scotmin Nutrition Ltd 
Walischmiller Solutions Ltd 
Wallace Oils Ltd
WM. Nicholls & Company (Crickhowell) Ltd

Financial Adviser and Broker
Investec Bank (UK) Ltd
2 Gresham Street,
London,
EC2V 7QP

Financial and Corporate PR Advisers
Powerscourt
1 Tudor Street,
London,
EC4Y 0AH

Solicitors
Hill Dickinson LLP
1 St Paul’s Square,
Liverpool,
L3 9SJ

Registrars
Capita Registrars
The Registry,
34 Beckenham Road,
Beckenham,
Kent,
BR3 4TU

Registered and Located
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales
Scotland
England & Wales
England & Wales
Scotland
England & Wales
England & Wales
Scotland
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales

Ownership
51%1
100%
100%
51%1
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
51%1
100%
51%1
51%1
100%
51%1
100%
51%1
100%
100%
51%1
51%1

1 100% owned by Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd which is a 51% subsidiary of Carr’s Group plc.

Companies registered in England & Wales have a registered office of Old Croft, Stanwix, Carlisle, Cumbria, CA3 9BA. Companies registered in Scotland 
have a registered office of 13 Whitfield Drive, Heathfield Ind. Est., Ayr, KA8 9RX.

Designed and produced by corporateprm, Edinburgh and London. www.corporateprm.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Old Croft, Stanwix, Carlisle CA3 9BA
www.carrsgroup.com